2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1909 2007/10/31 16:04:13 ca Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.14.2/8.14.2 2007/11/01
10 If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
11 a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
12 "mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
13 run and trigger various consistency checks. Problem
14 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
15 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
16 it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
17 is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
18 case every MAXLINE-1 characters. Patch from John Gardiner
20 Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
21 work in earlier 8.14 versions.
22 Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
23 background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
24 Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
26 ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
27 documented), not when it was reached. Patch from
28 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
29 Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
30 specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
31 When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
32 (-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
33 the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
34 If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
35 exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
36 the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
37 created a delivery status notification (DSN). Patch
38 from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
39 A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
40 the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
41 Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
42 sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
43 compiled in but not offered by the server and the
44 delivery failed temporarily. Patch from Werner Wiethege.
45 If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
46 map so it will be reopened on the next lookup. This
47 should help "failover" configurations that specify more
49 If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
50 be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
51 a system which does not have the compile time flag
52 HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
53 of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
54 If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
55 logfile entry might have been wrong. Problem found by
56 Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
57 If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
58 NULL, the message body was lost. Patch from Motonori
59 Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
60 sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname. Patch from Peng Haitao.
61 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
63 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
64 reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
65 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
67 LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
68 against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
69 8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
70 LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
71 from the version number, however, the returned value was
72 correct for the current libmilter version.
74 8.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03
75 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
76 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
77 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
78 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug
79 found by Andy Fiddaman.
80 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
81 could not be set in 8.14.0.
82 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
83 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
84 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by
86 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
87 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
88 Science and Mathematics.
89 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
90 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
91 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
92 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
94 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
95 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
96 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
97 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
98 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
99 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
100 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
101 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
102 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
103 Patches from Bryan Costales.
105 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
106 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
107 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
108 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
109 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
112 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
114 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
116 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
117 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
118 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
120 8.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31
121 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes:
122 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
123 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
125 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any
126 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
128 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
129 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
130 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
131 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
132 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from
133 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
134 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
135 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
136 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set
137 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
138 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
139 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
140 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
141 Patch from Nik Clayton.
142 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
143 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing.
144 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
146 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode
150 children MaxDaemonChildren
151 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
152 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
153 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based
154 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
155 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch
157 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
158 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
159 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
160 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
161 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
162 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
163 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
164 et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
165 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
167 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
168 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
169 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
170 is a header address it also distinguishes between
171 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
173 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
174 by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
175 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
176 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
177 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
178 slow down responding.
179 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
180 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
181 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
182 a file where to store the selected key.
183 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
184 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
185 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
186 connection is terminated immediately.
187 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
188 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
189 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless.
190 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
191 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
192 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
193 a query if it is too long.
194 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
195 to form the result of a lookup.
196 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
197 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
198 started by using "make check".
199 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
200 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
201 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
202 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
203 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
204 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
205 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
207 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
208 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
209 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
210 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
211 which may improve the communication performance on some
212 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
214 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
215 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
216 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
218 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
219 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
220 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
221 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
222 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
223 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
224 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem
225 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
226 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
227 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
228 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both
229 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
230 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
231 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile,
232 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
234 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
235 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
236 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
237 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
238 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
239 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
240 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
241 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil
242 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
244 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
245 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
246 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
247 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
248 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
249 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
250 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
251 To:user@example.com RELAY
252 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
253 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
255 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
256 for the HELO/EHLO command.
257 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
258 messages by using those values as second argument.
259 Patches from Nelson Fung.
260 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
261 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
262 preceeded by a backslash.
263 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
264 directories, then it used for "make install" to create
265 the required installation directories.
266 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
267 executables (defaults to confCC).
268 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
269 has several changes which are listed below and documented
270 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
271 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
272 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
273 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
274 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally,
275 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
276 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
277 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
278 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
279 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
280 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
281 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows
282 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
283 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
284 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
285 can act on the DATA command.
286 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
287 can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
288 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
289 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
290 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
291 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
292 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
293 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This
294 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
295 body chunks it already received without reading the entire
296 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
297 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
298 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
299 new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
300 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
301 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
302 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
303 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol
304 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether
305 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
306 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
307 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
308 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
309 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
311 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
312 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
313 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
314 does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
315 inserted, or replaced.
316 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
317 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
318 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
321 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
322 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
323 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
325 include/sm/sendmail.h
327 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
328 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
329 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
330 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
331 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
342 8.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09
343 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
344 the server can erroneously report that there is
345 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that
346 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
347 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert
348 of University of Washington.
349 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
350 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
351 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
352 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
353 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from
355 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
356 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
357 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
359 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
360 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However,
361 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
362 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.*
365 8.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14
366 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
367 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
368 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This
369 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
370 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to
371 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
372 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
373 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
374 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
375 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
376 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
377 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
378 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
379 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
380 a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
381 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
382 layer made in 8.13.6.
383 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
384 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
385 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
386 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
387 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
388 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
389 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
390 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
391 to avoid those false positives.
392 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
393 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
394 files were not removed.
395 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
396 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem
397 reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
398 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
399 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against
400 either of these versions and compression is available,
401 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on
402 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
403 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
404 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
405 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid
406 further problems, no default value is available anymore,
407 but an argument must be specified.
409 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from
410 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
412 8.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22
413 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
414 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
415 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of
416 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
417 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
418 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
419 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
420 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
421 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
422 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default
423 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
424 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
425 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
426 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
427 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
428 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found
429 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
430 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
431 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
432 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
433 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
434 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
435 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff
436 A. Earickson of Colby College.
437 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John
439 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
440 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
441 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
442 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
443 resume a stored TLS session.
444 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
445 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
446 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
447 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
448 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
450 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
451 This generates an error message from libmilter on
452 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
454 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
455 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
456 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
459 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
460 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
463 8.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16
464 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
465 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
466 directory. This structure is used decide whether there
467 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
468 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
469 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
470 than the base directory.
471 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
472 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
473 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by
475 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
476 number of items to process, sort the queue first and
477 then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
478 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
479 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by
480 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
482 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
483 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
484 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
485 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem
486 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
487 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
488 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein.
489 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
490 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
491 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from
492 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
493 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
494 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor.
495 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
496 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
497 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
499 Add support for AIX 5.3.
500 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
501 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
502 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
503 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
504 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
505 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
506 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
507 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
508 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
509 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
510 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
511 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
512 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted
515 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
517 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
518 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
521 8.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27
522 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
523 different error which could result in connections that
524 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
525 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims.
526 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead
527 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
528 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
529 tracked down by Gael Roualland.
530 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem
531 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
532 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
533 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
534 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
535 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
536 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
537 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
538 and bounce generation.
539 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
540 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
541 for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
542 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
543 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
544 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from
545 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
546 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by
547 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
548 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
549 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
550 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
551 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
552 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch
554 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
555 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based
556 on patch by Brian Kantor.
557 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
558 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might
559 be dropped after an AUTH failure.
561 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
562 "long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
563 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set
564 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
565 Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
566 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should
567 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
568 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
569 University of Bremen.
575 8.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11
576 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
578 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
579 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
580 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
581 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
582 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
583 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
584 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
585 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
586 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
587 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
589 8.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15
590 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
591 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would
592 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by
593 Simple Nomad of BindView.
594 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
595 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
596 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
597 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
598 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
599 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad
600 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by
601 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
602 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
603 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
604 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
605 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
606 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
607 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
608 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
609 Add more logging to milter change header functions to
610 complement existing logging. Based on patch from
611 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
612 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
613 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
614 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
615 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones;
616 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
617 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
618 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
619 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
620 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
621 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
622 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
623 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
624 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
625 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem
626 noted by Nelson Fung.
627 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
628 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park.
629 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted
632 Add support for DragonFly BSD.
634 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
635 devtools/OS/DragonFly
636 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
640 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
641 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
642 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
643 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
644 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
645 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
646 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
647 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
648 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
649 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
651 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
652 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
653 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
654 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
655 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
656 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
657 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
658 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
659 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
660 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
661 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
662 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
663 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
664 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
665 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
667 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
668 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
670 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
671 noted by Geoff Adams.
672 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
673 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
674 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
675 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
676 incompatibilities with various *roff related
677 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
681 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
682 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
683 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
684 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
685 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
687 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
688 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
689 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
690 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
691 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
692 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
693 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
694 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
695 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
696 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
697 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
698 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
699 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
700 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
701 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
702 of cf/README for more information.
703 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
704 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
706 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
707 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
708 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
709 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
711 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
712 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
713 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
714 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
715 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
716 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
717 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
718 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
719 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
720 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
721 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
722 determines the length of the interval for which the
723 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
724 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
725 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
726 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
727 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
728 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
729 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
730 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
731 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
732 during that connection.
733 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
734 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
735 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
736 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
737 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
738 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
739 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
740 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
741 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
742 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
743 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
744 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
745 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
746 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
748 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
749 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
750 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
752 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
753 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
754 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
755 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
756 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
757 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
758 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
759 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
760 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
761 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
762 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
763 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
764 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
765 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
767 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
768 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
769 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
770 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
771 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
772 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
773 operates on lost queue items.
774 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
775 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
776 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
777 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
778 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
780 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
781 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
782 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
783 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
785 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
786 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
787 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
788 be used for the quarantine reason.
789 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
790 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
791 message if it is quarantined.
792 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
793 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
794 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
795 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
796 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
797 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
798 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
799 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
800 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
801 recipients received so far in a transaction.
802 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
803 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
804 noted by Kai Schlichting.
805 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
806 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
807 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
808 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
809 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
810 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
811 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
813 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
814 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
816 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
817 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
818 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
819 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
820 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
821 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
822 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
823 of the University of Manitoba.
824 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
825 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
826 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
828 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
829 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
830 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
831 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
832 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
833 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
834 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
835 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
836 overwrite each other's pid files.
837 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
838 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
839 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
840 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
841 LogLevel 12 or higher.
842 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
843 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
844 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
845 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
846 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
847 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
848 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
849 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
851 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
852 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
853 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
854 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
855 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
856 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
857 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
858 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
859 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
860 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
861 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
862 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
863 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
864 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
866 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
867 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
868 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
869 queue return and warning times for delivery status
871 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
873 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
874 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
875 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
876 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
877 for DaemonPortOptions.
878 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
879 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
880 of Northern Illinois University.
881 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
882 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
883 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
884 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
885 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
886 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
887 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
888 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
889 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
890 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
891 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
892 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
893 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
894 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
895 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
896 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
897 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
898 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
899 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
900 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
902 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
903 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
904 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
905 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
906 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
908 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
909 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
910 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
911 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
912 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
913 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
914 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
915 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
916 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
918 Two new compile options have been added:
919 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
920 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
921 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
922 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
923 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
924 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
925 programs to match locking techniques.
926 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
927 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
928 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
929 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
930 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
931 Center for Scientific Computing.
932 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
933 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
934 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
935 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
936 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
937 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
938 from Mark Funkenhauser.
939 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
940 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
941 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
942 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
943 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
944 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
945 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
946 of Northern Illinois University.
947 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
948 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
949 the message using the given reason.
950 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
951 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
952 DNS records than just A.
953 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
954 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
955 connections is maintained.
956 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
957 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
958 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
959 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
960 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
961 slamming protection described above. The feature can
962 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
963 use the access database to look the pause time based on
964 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
965 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
966 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
967 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
968 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
969 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
970 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
971 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
972 interval when refusing connections for this long.
973 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
974 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
975 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
976 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
977 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
978 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
979 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
980 to follow the naming conventions.
981 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
983 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
985 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
986 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
987 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
988 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
990 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
991 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
992 status notifications.
993 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
994 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
995 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
996 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
997 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
998 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1000 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1001 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1002 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1003 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1004 certificate revocations lists.
1005 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1006 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1007 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1008 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
1009 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1010 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1011 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
1012 for more information.
1013 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1014 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1015 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1016 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
1017 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1018 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1019 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1020 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1021 of LifeLine Networks.
1022 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
1024 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1025 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1026 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1027 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1028 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1029 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1030 Filters which use this function must include the
1031 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1032 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1033 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1034 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1035 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1036 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1037 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1038 resetting the timeout.
1039 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1040 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1041 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1042 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1043 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1044 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1045 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1046 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1047 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1048 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1049 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1050 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1051 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
1052 from Bryan Costales.
1053 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1054 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1055 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1056 amendments to support header insertion operations.
1057 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1058 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1059 Informations Services.
1060 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1061 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1063 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1064 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1066 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1067 for the auto-response message.
1070 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1071 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1072 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1073 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1074 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1076 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1077 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1078 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1079 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1080 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1081 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1082 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1083 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1084 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1085 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1086 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1087 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1088 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1089 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1090 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1091 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1092 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1096 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1097 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1098 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1101 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1103 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
1104 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
1105 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
1106 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1107 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1108 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1109 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1111 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1112 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1113 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1114 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1115 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1116 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1117 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1118 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1119 recipient address also against the printable addresses
1120 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1121 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1122 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1123 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1124 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1125 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1126 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1127 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1128 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
1129 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1130 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1131 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
1132 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1133 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1134 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1135 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1136 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1137 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1138 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1139 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1140 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1141 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
1142 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1143 external application that accesses qf files.
1144 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1145 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1146 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1147 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
1149 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1150 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
1151 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1152 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1155 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1156 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1158 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1159 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1160 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1161 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1163 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1165 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1166 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
1167 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1168 of Courtesan Consulting.
1169 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
1170 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1171 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1172 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1173 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1174 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1175 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1176 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1177 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1178 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1179 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1180 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1181 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1182 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1183 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1184 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1185 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1186 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1187 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1188 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
1189 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1190 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1191 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
1192 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1193 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1194 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1195 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1196 to make sure they match.
1197 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1199 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1200 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
1202 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1203 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
1205 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
1206 from Jerome Borsboom.
1207 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1208 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
1209 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1210 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1211 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1212 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1213 after the close() and before the truncate().
1214 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1215 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1216 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1218 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1219 of Washington for providing access to a computer
1221 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
1222 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1223 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1224 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
1226 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
1227 your Linux distribution, compile with
1228 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1232 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
1233 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1234 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1235 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1236 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1237 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1239 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1240 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1241 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
1242 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1243 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1244 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1245 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1246 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1247 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1248 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1249 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1250 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
1251 by Derek Wueppelmann.
1252 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1253 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1255 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1256 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
1257 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1258 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1259 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1260 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1261 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1262 text file instead of the database map.
1264 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1265 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1266 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1267 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1269 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
1270 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1271 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1272 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1274 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1275 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1276 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1277 Stanford University Compilation Group.
1278 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1279 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1280 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1281 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1282 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1283 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1284 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1285 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1286 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1287 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1289 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
1290 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1291 across various connections. This could cause session
1292 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1293 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
1294 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1295 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
1296 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
1297 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1298 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1299 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
1301 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1302 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1304 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
1305 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1306 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1307 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1308 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
1309 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1310 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1311 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
1312 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1313 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1315 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1316 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1317 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1318 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1319 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1320 to be run even if Runners=0.
1321 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1322 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1323 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1324 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1325 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1326 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
1327 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1328 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1329 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1330 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
1331 by John Majikes of IBM.
1332 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1333 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1334 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1335 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
1336 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1337 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1338 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1339 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1340 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
1341 noted by Matthias Andree.
1342 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1343 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1345 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1346 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1347 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1348 an argument, hence the builtin version of
1349 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
1350 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
1351 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1352 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1353 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1354 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1355 of the TrustedBSD Project.
1356 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1357 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1358 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1359 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1361 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1362 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1363 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1364 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1365 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1366 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1367 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1368 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1369 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1370 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1371 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1373 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1374 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1375 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1376 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1377 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1378 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1380 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1382 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1383 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1384 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1385 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1386 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1387 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1388 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1389 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1390 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1392 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1393 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1394 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1395 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
1401 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
1402 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1403 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1404 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1405 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1406 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1407 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1408 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1409 Courtesan Consulting.
1410 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1411 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
1412 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1413 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1414 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1415 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1416 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1417 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1418 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
1419 Earickson of Colby College.
1420 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1421 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1422 Courtesan Consulting.
1423 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1424 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1425 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1426 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
1427 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1428 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1430 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1431 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1432 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1433 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1434 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
1435 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1436 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
1437 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1438 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1439 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1440 supposed for addresses on the header content.
1441 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1443 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1444 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
1445 fix from Scott Walters.
1446 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1447 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1448 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1449 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1450 NETISO support has been dropped.
1451 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1452 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1453 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1454 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
1455 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1456 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1457 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
1458 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1459 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1460 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1461 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
1462 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1463 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1464 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1465 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1466 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1467 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1469 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1470 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1471 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1472 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1473 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1474 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1475 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
1476 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1477 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1481 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
1482 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1483 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1484 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
1485 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1486 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
1487 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1488 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1489 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1490 with rogue DNS servers.
1491 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
1493 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1494 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
1496 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1497 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1498 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1499 Polytechnic Institute.
1500 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1501 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1503 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1504 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1505 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
1506 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1507 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
1508 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1509 8.13 will change the default locking method to
1510 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
1511 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1512 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
1513 related programs to match locking techniques.
1515 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
1516 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1517 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1518 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1519 section of the top level README for more information.
1520 Problem noted by lumpy.
1521 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1523 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1524 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1525 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1526 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1527 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1529 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
1530 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1531 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1532 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1533 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1535 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1536 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
1537 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1538 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1539 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1540 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
1541 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1542 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1543 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
1544 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
1545 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1546 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1548 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1549 user who started sendmail.
1550 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1551 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
1552 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1553 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1554 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1555 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1556 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1557 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1559 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1560 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1561 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1562 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1563 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1564 Charles University in Prague.
1565 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1567 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1568 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1569 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1570 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1571 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1572 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1573 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1574 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1575 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
1576 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1577 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
1578 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1579 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1580 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
1581 noted by Bryan Costales.
1582 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1583 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1584 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
1585 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1586 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
1587 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1588 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1590 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1591 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1592 installing the sendmail statistics file.
1593 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1594 a user's filter starts other applications.
1595 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1596 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1597 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1598 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1599 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1600 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1601 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1602 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1603 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
1604 noted by Bryan Costales.
1606 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1608 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
1609 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1610 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
1611 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1612 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1613 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
1614 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1615 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1616 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
1617 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1618 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1619 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1621 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1622 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1623 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1624 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1626 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1627 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1628 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1629 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1630 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1631 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1633 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
1634 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1635 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1636 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1637 Northern Illinois University.
1638 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1639 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1641 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1642 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1643 Polytechnic Institute.
1644 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1645 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1646 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1647 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1648 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1649 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1650 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1651 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1652 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
1653 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1654 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1656 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1657 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1658 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1659 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1660 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1661 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1662 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
1663 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1664 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1665 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
1666 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1667 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1668 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1669 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1670 of Concordia University.
1671 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
1672 found by Mario Nigrovic.
1673 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1674 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
1675 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1676 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1677 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1678 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
1680 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1681 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1682 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1683 total number of TCP connections.
1684 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1685 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1686 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1687 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1688 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1689 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1690 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1692 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1694 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1695 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
1696 patch by Bryan Costales.
1697 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1698 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1699 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1700 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1701 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1702 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1703 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
1704 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1705 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1706 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1707 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1708 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1711 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1713 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
1714 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1715 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1717 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
1719 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1720 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
1721 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1722 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1723 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
1724 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1725 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1726 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1728 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1729 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
1731 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1732 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1733 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1734 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1735 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1736 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1737 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1738 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1739 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
1740 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1741 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1742 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
1743 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1744 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1745 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1746 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1747 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1748 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1749 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1750 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
1752 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1753 if queue groups are used.
1754 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1755 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1756 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1757 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1758 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1759 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1760 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
1761 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1762 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1763 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1764 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1765 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1766 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
1767 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1768 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1769 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1770 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1771 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
1772 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1774 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1775 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1776 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
1777 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1778 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
1779 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1781 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1782 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
1785 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1787 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
1788 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1789 at startup, only log an error message.
1790 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1791 following -b) has been specified.
1792 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1793 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
1794 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1795 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1796 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1798 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1799 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1800 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1801 Institute of Mining and Technology.
1802 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1803 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1804 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1805 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1806 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1807 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1808 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1809 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1810 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1811 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1812 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
1814 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
1815 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1817 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1818 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1819 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1820 Meteorological Institute.
1821 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1822 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1824 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1825 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1826 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1827 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1828 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1829 types, respectively.
1830 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1831 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1833 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1834 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1835 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1836 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1837 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1838 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1839 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1840 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1841 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1843 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
1844 of Sun Microsystems.
1845 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1846 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1847 with servers that do not support realms when using
1848 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1849 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1850 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
1851 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1852 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1853 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1854 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1855 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1856 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1857 instead of forcing localhost.
1858 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1859 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1860 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
1861 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1862 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1863 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1864 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1865 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1866 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1867 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1868 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1869 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
1870 Compaq Computer Corp.
1871 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1872 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1875 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
1876 patch provided by HP.
1877 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1878 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
1879 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
1881 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1882 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
1883 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1884 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
1885 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1886 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
1887 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1888 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
1889 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1890 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1891 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
1892 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
1894 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1895 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1896 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1897 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
1899 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
1900 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1901 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1902 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1903 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1904 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
1905 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1906 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1907 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1908 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1909 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1911 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
1913 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1914 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
1916 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1917 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1919 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1920 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1922 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1923 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1924 to free memory twice.
1925 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1926 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1927 of Sun Microsystems.
1928 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1929 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1930 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1931 University of Athens.
1933 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1934 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1935 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1939 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1942 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
1943 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1944 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1945 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
1946 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
1947 found by Michal Zalewski.
1948 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1949 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1950 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1951 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1952 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1953 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1954 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1955 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1956 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1957 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1958 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1959 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1960 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1961 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1962 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
1963 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
1964 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1965 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1966 canonical name for a host.
1967 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1968 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
1969 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
1970 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1972 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1973 `uname` does not given complete information.
1974 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1976 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1977 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1978 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1979 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1980 Courtesan Consulting.
1981 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1982 problems with potential misconfigurations.
1983 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
1984 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1985 Technology Organisation of Australia.
1986 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1987 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1989 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
1990 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1991 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
1992 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1993 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1995 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1996 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
1997 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2007 include/sm/sysstat.h
2009 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
2010 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2011 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
2012 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2013 default). The installation process tries to install
2014 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2015 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2016 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2017 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2018 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2020 GroupWritableForwardFile
2021 WorldWritableForwardFile
2022 GroupWritableIncludeFile
2023 WorldWritableIncludeFile
2024 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2025 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
2026 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2028 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2029 point where the variable could become overused for more than
2030 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
2031 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
2032 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2033 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2034 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2035 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
2036 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2037 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
2038 see sendmail/SECURITY.
2039 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2040 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2041 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2042 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
2044 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2045 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2046 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
2047 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2048 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2049 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
2050 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2051 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
2052 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
2053 command has been removed.
2054 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
2055 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2056 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2057 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2058 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
2059 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2060 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2061 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
2062 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2064 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2065 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
2066 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2067 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2068 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
2069 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2070 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2071 creation rather than just before delivery.
2072 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
2073 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2074 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
2075 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2076 preference matches (coattail).
2077 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2078 try other MX hosts if available.
2079 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2080 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2081 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2082 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
2083 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2084 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2085 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2086 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2087 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2088 removed in future versions.
2089 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2090 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2091 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2092 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
2093 doc/op/op.me for details.
2094 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2095 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2096 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2097 of the presented certificate, respectively.
2098 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2099 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2100 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2101 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2102 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2103 enough on a per recipient basis.
2104 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2106 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2108 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2109 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2110 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2111 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2112 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2113 really required. This change results in a noticable
2114 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
2115 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2116 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2117 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2118 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2119 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2120 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2121 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
2122 command line, then the value also limits the number of
2123 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2124 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2126 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2127 system each queue directory resides in.
2128 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2129 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2130 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
2131 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2132 collected together) to process the same work list at the
2134 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2135 active queue runner processes.
2136 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2137 runners per queue group.
2138 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2139 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2140 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2141 of the queue that match during processing.
2142 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2143 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2144 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2145 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2146 persistent queue runner.
2147 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2148 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2150 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
2151 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2152 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2153 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2154 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2155 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2156 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2157 of the qf file (older entries first).
2158 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2159 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2160 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2161 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2162 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2163 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2164 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
2165 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2166 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2167 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2168 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2169 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
2170 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2171 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2172 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2173 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2174 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
2175 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
2177 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2178 the number of entries in the queue(s).
2179 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
2180 and the usual documentation for details.
2181 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2182 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2184 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
2185 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2186 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
2187 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2188 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2189 -r (number of retries).
2190 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2191 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2192 and value separated by the given separator.
2193 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2195 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2196 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2197 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2198 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2199 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2200 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
2201 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2202 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2203 filenames with spaces).
2204 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2205 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2206 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2207 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
2208 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
2209 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2210 to the loopback net.
2211 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2212 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
2213 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2214 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2215 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2216 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2217 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2218 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2219 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2220 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2222 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2223 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
2224 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
2225 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2226 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2227 load average is exceeded.
2228 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2229 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2230 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2231 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2232 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2233 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2234 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2235 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
2237 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2238 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
2239 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2240 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2241 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2242 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2243 for direct (command line) submissions.
2244 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2245 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2246 Hagino of the KAME Project.
2247 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2248 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2249 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2250 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2251 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2252 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2253 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2254 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2256 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2257 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2258 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2259 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2260 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2261 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2262 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2263 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2264 of the Universitat Regensburg.
2265 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2266 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2267 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2268 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2269 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2270 See libsm/index.html for details.
2271 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2272 care of by fork() and exit().
2273 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
2274 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2275 new and old (from new libsm).
2276 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2277 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2278 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2279 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2280 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2281 synchronizations calls.
2282 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2283 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2284 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2285 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2286 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2287 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2289 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2290 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
2291 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2292 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2293 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2294 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2295 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2296 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2297 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
2298 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2299 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2300 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2301 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2302 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2303 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2304 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2305 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2306 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2307 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
2308 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2309 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2310 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2311 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2312 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2314 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
2315 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2316 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2317 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2319 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2320 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2321 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2323 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
2324 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2325 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2326 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
2327 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
2328 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
2329 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2330 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2331 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2333 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2334 the default schema used in the above two items.
2335 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2336 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2337 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2338 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2339 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2340 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2341 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2342 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2343 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2344 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2345 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2346 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2348 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2349 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2350 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2351 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
2352 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2353 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
2354 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2355 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2356 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2357 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2358 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
2359 (verbose) command line option.
2360 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2361 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2362 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2363 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2364 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2365 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2366 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2367 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
2368 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
2369 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2370 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2371 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2372 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2374 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2375 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2376 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2377 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2378 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2380 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
2382 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2383 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
2384 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2385 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2386 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2387 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
2388 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2389 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
2391 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2392 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2393 configurable during compile time. The current values and
2395 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
2396 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2397 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
2398 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
2399 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
2400 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
2401 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2402 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2403 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2404 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2405 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2406 Meteorological Institute.
2407 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2408 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2409 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2410 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2411 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2412 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2413 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2414 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2415 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
2416 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2417 See sendmail/README for further information.
2418 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2419 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
2420 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2421 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2422 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2423 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2424 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
2425 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2426 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2427 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2430 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2431 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
2432 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2433 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2434 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2435 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2436 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
2437 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2438 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2439 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2440 Solaris 8 and later.
2441 Add support for OpenUNIX.
2442 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2443 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2444 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2445 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2446 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2447 temporary lookup failures.
2448 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2449 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2451 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2452 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2454 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2455 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2456 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
2457 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2458 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2459 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2460 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2461 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2462 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2463 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2464 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2465 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2466 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2467 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2468 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2469 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2470 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2471 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2472 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2473 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2474 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2475 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2476 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2477 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2478 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2479 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2480 cf/README for details.
2481 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2482 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2483 University of Maryland.
2484 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2485 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2486 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2487 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2488 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2489 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2490 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2491 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2493 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2494 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2495 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2496 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2497 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2499 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2500 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2501 See cf/README for details.
2502 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2503 temporary lookup failures.
2504 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2505 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2506 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2508 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2509 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2510 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2511 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
2512 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2513 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2514 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2515 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2516 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2517 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2518 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2519 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2520 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
2521 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
2522 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
2523 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2524 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2525 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2526 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2527 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
2529 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2530 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2531 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
2533 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2534 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
2535 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2536 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2537 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
2538 recipients as user unknown.
2539 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2540 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2541 section of cf/README for more information.
2542 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2543 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2544 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2545 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2546 which takes the options as argument and can be used
2547 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2548 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2549 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
2550 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
2551 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
2552 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
2553 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
2554 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
2555 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
2556 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
2557 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
2558 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2559 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2560 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
2561 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
2562 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
2563 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
2564 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2565 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
2566 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
2567 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
2568 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
2569 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
2570 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
2571 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2572 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2573 doc/op/op.me for details.
2574 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2575 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
2576 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2577 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2579 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2580 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2581 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2582 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2583 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
2584 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2585 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2586 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2587 This affects the access database as well as the
2588 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2589 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2590 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2591 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2592 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2593 Mississippi State University.
2594 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2595 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2596 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2597 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2598 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2599 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2600 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2601 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2602 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2603 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2604 systems which don't include cat directories.
2605 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2606 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2607 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
2608 mailbox database type.
2609 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2610 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2611 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
2612 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2613 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2614 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2615 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2616 instead of white space.
2617 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2618 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2619 Meteorological Institute.
2620 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2621 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2622 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2623 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2625 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2626 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
2627 to specify the database and message file since there is no
2628 home directory for the default settings for these options.
2629 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2630 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2631 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
2632 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2639 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2640 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2641 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2643 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2644 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2645 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2646 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2647 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2649 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2650 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2651 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2662 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2663 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2669 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2670 include/sendmail/errstring.h
2671 include/sendmail/useful.h
2672 libsmutil/errstring.c
2673 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2674 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2679 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2680 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2681 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2683 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
2684 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2685 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2686 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2688 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2689 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2690 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2691 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2692 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2694 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2695 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2696 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
2697 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2698 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2699 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2700 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2701 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2702 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2703 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2704 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2705 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2706 across various connections. This could cause session
2707 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2708 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
2709 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2710 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2711 canonical name for a host.
2712 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2713 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2715 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2716 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2717 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2718 Polytechnic Institute.
2719 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2720 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2722 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2723 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2725 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2726 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2728 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2729 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2730 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2732 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2733 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2734 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2735 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2736 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2737 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2738 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2740 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2741 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
2744 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
2745 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2746 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
2747 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2748 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
2749 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2750 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2751 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
2752 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2753 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2754 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
2756 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
2757 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2759 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
2760 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2761 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
2762 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2763 of SE Netway Communications.
2764 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2765 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2766 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2767 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2768 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
2769 Bosserman of EarthLink.
2770 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2771 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2772 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2773 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2774 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2776 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
2777 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2778 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2779 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2780 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2781 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2782 University at Albany.
2783 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2784 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2785 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2786 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2787 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2788 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2790 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
2791 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2792 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2793 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2794 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2795 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2796 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
2797 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2798 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2799 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2801 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
2802 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2803 corruption and other potential race conditions.
2804 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2805 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
2806 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
2807 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2808 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2809 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2810 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2811 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2812 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2813 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2814 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
2816 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2817 QueueDirectory wildcards.
2818 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2819 the same map again while exiting.
2820 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2821 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2823 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2824 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2825 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2826 Oklahoma State University.
2827 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2828 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2829 InTouch Systems, Inc.
2830 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2831 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2832 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2834 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2835 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
2836 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2837 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
2838 from Werner Wiethege.
2839 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2840 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
2841 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2842 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2843 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2845 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
2846 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2847 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
2848 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2850 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2851 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2852 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2853 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2854 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2855 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2856 Meteorological Institute.
2857 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2858 since it generates random process ids.
2859 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2860 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2861 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2863 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2865 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
2866 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2867 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2868 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2869 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2870 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2871 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2872 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2873 communications consulting gmbh.
2874 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2875 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2876 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2877 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2878 connection came in from the command line.
2879 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2880 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
2881 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2882 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2883 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2884 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2885 when they were committed.
2886 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2887 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2888 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2889 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2890 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
2891 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2892 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2893 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2895 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2896 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2898 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2899 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2900 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2901 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2903 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2904 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2905 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2907 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2908 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2909 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2910 University of New Brunswick.
2912 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2913 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2914 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2915 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
2916 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2917 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
2918 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
2919 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2920 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2921 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
2922 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2923 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2924 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2925 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2926 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2927 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2928 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2929 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
2930 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2932 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2933 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
2934 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2935 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2936 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2938 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2940 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
2941 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2942 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
2943 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
2944 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2945 Schools" project (IdS).
2946 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2947 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2948 be enabled by compiling with:
2949 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2950 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
2951 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2952 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2953 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2954 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2955 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2956 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2958 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2959 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2960 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2961 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2962 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2963 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2964 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2965 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2967 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2969 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2970 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2971 the Universitat Regensburg.
2972 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2973 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2974 University of Arizona.
2975 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2976 of Collective Technologies.
2977 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2978 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2979 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2981 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2982 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2983 Meteorological Institute.
2984 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2985 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2986 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2987 Meteorological Institute.
2988 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
2989 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2990 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
2991 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2992 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2993 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2994 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2995 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2996 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2997 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2998 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2999 overall connections, not the number of connections per
3000 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
3003 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3004 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
3005 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3006 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3007 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3008 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
3010 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3011 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3012 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3013 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3015 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
3016 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3017 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3019 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3020 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3021 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3022 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3023 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3024 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3025 implicitly assume canonical host names.
3026 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
3027 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3028 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3030 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3031 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
3032 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3033 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3034 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
3035 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3037 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
3038 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3039 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3040 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3041 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3042 of Kyoto University.
3043 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
3044 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3045 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3046 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
3048 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3049 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3050 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3051 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3052 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3056 contrib/buildvirtuser
3059 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
3060 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3061 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3062 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3063 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
3064 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3065 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3066 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3067 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3069 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3070 process may close the connection before the child process
3071 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3072 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3073 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3074 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3075 read the LDAP secret from a file.
3076 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3077 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3078 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3079 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3080 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3081 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3083 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3084 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3085 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
3086 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3087 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
3088 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3089 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3090 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
3091 Fournier of Acadia University.
3092 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3093 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
3094 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3095 one of the others may be able to take over.
3096 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3097 previous load average query result.
3098 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3099 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3100 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
3101 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3102 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3103 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3104 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3105 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
3106 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3107 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3108 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3109 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3110 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
3111 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3112 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
3113 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3114 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3115 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3116 University of British Columbia.
3118 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3119 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3120 override the setting. Suggested by
3121 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3122 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3123 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
3124 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3125 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3126 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3128 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
3130 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
3131 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3132 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
3133 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
3134 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3135 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3136 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3138 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3139 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3140 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3141 errors in the MAIL address.
3142 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
3143 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3144 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3145 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3146 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3147 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
3148 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
3150 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3151 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3152 mailer as described in cf/README.
3153 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3154 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3155 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3156 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3157 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3159 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3160 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3161 Meteorological Institute.
3162 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3163 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3164 dot as the only character on the line.
3166 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3168 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
3169 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3170 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3171 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3172 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
3173 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3174 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
3175 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3176 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3177 it populates. It is possible that some broken
3178 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3179 Systems in this category should compile with
3180 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3181 system and report broken implementations to
3182 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
3183 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3184 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3185 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3186 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3187 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3188 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3189 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
3190 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3191 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3192 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3193 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
3194 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3195 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3197 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3198 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3199 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3200 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3201 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
3203 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3205 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3206 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
3207 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
3209 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3210 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3211 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3212 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
3213 documented, unless a family is specified in a
3214 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
3215 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3216 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3217 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3218 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
3219 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3220 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3221 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3222 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3223 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3224 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
3225 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3226 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3227 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
3228 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
3229 of Sun Microsystems.
3230 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3231 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3232 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
3233 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3234 the incoming information in the queue file for later
3236 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3237 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3239 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3240 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
3241 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3242 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3243 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3244 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3245 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3246 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
3247 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3248 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3249 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
3250 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3251 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3252 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3253 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3254 of Northern Illinois University.
3255 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
3256 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3257 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3259 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3260 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3261 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3263 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3264 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3265 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
3266 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3267 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3268 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3269 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3270 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3271 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3272 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3273 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3274 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3275 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3276 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3277 G. Thomas Consulting.
3278 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3280 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3281 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3282 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3283 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
3284 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3285 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3286 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3287 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3288 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3289 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3290 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3291 University of Mainz.
3292 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3293 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3294 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
3295 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3297 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3298 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
3299 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3300 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3301 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3302 work properly causing problems if the accept()
3303 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
3304 from Tom Moore of NCR.
3305 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
3306 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3307 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3308 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
3309 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3310 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3311 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3312 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3313 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3314 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3315 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
3316 confCACERT CACERTFile
3317 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
3318 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
3319 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
3320 confRAND_FILE RandFile
3321 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
3322 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
3323 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3324 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
3325 cf/README for more information.
3326 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3327 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3328 called due to a STARTTLS command.
3329 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3330 instead of temporary.
3331 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3332 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3333 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3335 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3336 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
3338 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3339 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3340 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3341 University of Maryland.
3342 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
3343 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3344 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3345 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3346 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3347 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3348 of the University of Alberta.
3349 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3350 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3351 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3352 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3353 of X.509 certificates.
3354 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
3355 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3356 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
3357 Universitat Regensburg.
3358 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3359 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3360 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3361 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3362 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3363 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3364 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3365 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3366 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3367 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3368 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3369 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3370 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3371 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3373 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3374 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3376 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3378 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3379 Denman Tire Corporation.
3380 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3381 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3382 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3383 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3384 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
3385 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
3386 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3387 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3389 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3390 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3394 contrib/link_hash.sh
3395 contrib/movemail.conf
3397 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3400 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
3401 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3402 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3403 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3404 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
3405 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3406 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3407 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3411 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
3412 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3413 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3414 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
3415 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3416 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
3417 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3418 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3419 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3420 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3421 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3422 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
3423 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3424 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3425 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
3426 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3427 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
3428 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3429 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3430 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3432 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3433 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3434 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3435 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3436 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3437 Polytechnic Institute.
3438 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3439 discards the message.
3440 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3441 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3442 attempted to the alias.
3443 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3446 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3447 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3448 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
3449 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
3450 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3451 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
3452 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3453 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3454 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3455 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3456 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3457 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3458 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3459 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3461 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3462 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
3463 Courtesan Consulting.
3464 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
3465 Siemens Business Services.
3466 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3467 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3469 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3470 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3471 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3472 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3473 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3474 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3475 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3477 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3478 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3479 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3480 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3481 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3483 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3484 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3486 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3487 for other internal projects but included in the open source
3489 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3490 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3491 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
3492 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3493 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3494 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3496 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3497 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
3498 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3499 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3501 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
3502 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3503 Northern Illinois University.
3504 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3505 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3506 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
3507 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3508 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3509 Polytechnique de Montreal.
3510 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3511 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3512 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3514 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3515 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3517 contrib/converting.sun.configs
3518 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3523 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
3524 *************************************************************
3525 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
3526 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
3527 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
3528 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
3529 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
3530 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
3531 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
3532 * coach, and a friend. *
3534 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
3535 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
3536 * Julie, we miss you! *
3537 *************************************************************
3538 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3539 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3540 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3541 symbolic link target.
3542 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3543 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3544 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3545 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3546 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3547 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3548 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
3549 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3550 version of sendmail.
3551 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3552 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
3553 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3555 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
3556 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
3557 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3558 for easier code sharing among the programs.
3559 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
3560 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3561 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3562 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3563 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3564 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3565 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3566 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3567 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3568 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3569 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3570 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3571 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3572 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3573 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3574 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3575 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3576 now listen on several different ports. Use:
3577 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3578 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3579 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3580 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3581 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
3582 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3583 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3584 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3585 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3586 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
3587 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3588 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
3589 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3590 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3591 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3592 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3593 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3594 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3595 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3597 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3598 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3599 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
3600 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3601 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
3602 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3603 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3604 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3605 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3606 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3608 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3609 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3610 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
3611 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3612 a control socket request.
3613 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3615 Timeout.resolver.retrans
3616 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3617 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3618 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3619 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3620 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3621 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3622 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3623 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3624 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3626 Timeout.resolver.retry
3627 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3628 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3629 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3630 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3631 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3632 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3633 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3634 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3635 query for all resolver lookups except the first
3637 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3638 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
3639 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
3640 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3641 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3642 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
3643 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3644 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
3645 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3646 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
3647 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3648 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3649 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3650 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3651 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
3652 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3653 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3654 Telecommunications Ltd.
3655 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3656 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3657 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
3658 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
3660 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3661 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3662 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3663 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3664 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3665 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
3666 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3667 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3668 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3669 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3670 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3671 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3672 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3673 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3674 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3675 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3676 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3677 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3678 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3679 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3681 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3682 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
3683 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
3684 example mailer might be:
3685 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3686 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3687 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3688 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3689 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
3691 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3692 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3693 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3694 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3695 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3697 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3698 body of the original message on delivery status
3700 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
3701 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3702 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3703 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
3704 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3705 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
3706 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
3707 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3708 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
3709 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3710 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
3711 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3712 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
3713 Conwell of Boston University.
3714 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
3715 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3716 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3717 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3719 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3720 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
3721 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3722 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3723 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3724 similar to check_rcpt etc.
3725 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3726 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3727 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3728 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3729 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3730 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3731 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
3732 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3733 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3734 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
3736 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3737 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3738 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3739 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3741 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3742 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3744 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3745 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3746 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3747 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3748 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3749 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3750 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3751 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3752 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3754 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3755 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3756 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3757 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
3758 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3759 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3760 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3761 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3762 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
3763 a denial-of-service attack.
3764 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3765 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
3766 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3768 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3770 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3771 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3772 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3773 directly before the newline.
3774 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3775 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3776 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
3777 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3778 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3779 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
3780 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3781 could not be opened.
3782 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
3783 value of this option is macro expanded.
3784 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3785 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3786 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3787 (along with the already existing macros):
3788 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
3789 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3790 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3791 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3792 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3793 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
3794 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3795 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3796 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3797 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
3798 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3800 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3801 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3802 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3803 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3804 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3805 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
3806 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3807 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3808 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
3809 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3810 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
3811 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3812 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3813 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3814 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3815 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
3816 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3817 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3818 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3819 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
3821 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3822 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
3823 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
3825 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3826 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
3827 of Renaissance Internet Services.
3828 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3829 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3830 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3831 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3832 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3833 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
3834 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3835 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3836 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
3837 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3838 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3839 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3840 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3841 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3842 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3843 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3845 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3846 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3847 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3848 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3849 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3850 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
3851 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
3852 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3853 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3854 David Cooley of Colby College.
3855 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3856 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
3857 already decided the message will be passed to another host
3858 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3859 Buckeridge Young Limited.
3860 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3861 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3862 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
3863 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
3864 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3865 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
3866 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3867 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
3868 of Stanford University.
3869 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
3870 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3871 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3872 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3873 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
3874 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
3875 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3876 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3877 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3878 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
3879 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3880 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
3881 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3882 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3883 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3884 attributes found in the match will be returned.
3885 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3886 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
3887 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3888 comma separated key and value strings.
3889 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3890 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3891 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3892 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3893 a single connection to that host.
3894 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3895 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3897 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3899 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3900 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3901 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
3902 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3903 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3904 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
3905 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3906 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3907 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3908 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3909 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3910 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3911 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3913 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3914 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3915 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3916 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3918 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3919 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
3920 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
3921 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3922 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3923 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3925 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3926 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3928 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
3929 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3930 important if you have large classes.
3931 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3932 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
3933 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3934 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3935 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3936 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3937 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3938 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
3939 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3940 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3941 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
3942 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3943 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3944 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
3945 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3946 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
3947 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3948 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3949 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3950 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3951 determined). For single processor machines, this change
3953 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3954 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3955 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
3956 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3957 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3958 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3959 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3960 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3961 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3962 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3963 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
3964 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3965 connection-based denial of service attacks.
3966 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3968 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3969 information (from= syslog line).
3970 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3972 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3973 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3974 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
3975 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3976 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3977 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3978 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3979 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
3980 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3981 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3982 the program as the default user and the default group, not
3983 the forward file user. This change also assures the
3984 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3985 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
3986 Popovici of DNT Romania.
3987 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3988 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
3989 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3990 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3991 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3992 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3993 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3994 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3995 helpful to know the sender of the message.
3996 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3997 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3998 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3999 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4001 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4002 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4003 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4004 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4005 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4006 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
4007 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4008 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
4009 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4010 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4011 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4012 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4013 length before the attempt.
4014 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4015 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
4016 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4017 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
4018 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4019 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4020 host status files, not all files.
4021 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4022 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4023 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4025 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4026 macro map class. This can be used to store information
4027 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4028 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4030 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
4031 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4032 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4033 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
4034 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4035 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4036 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4037 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4039 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4040 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4041 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4042 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4043 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4044 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
4045 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4046 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
4047 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4048 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4049 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4050 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4051 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
4052 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4054 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4055 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4056 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4057 if referencing a named ruleset.
4058 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4059 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4060 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4061 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
4062 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
4063 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4064 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
4065 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
4066 the University of Maryland.
4067 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4068 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4069 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4070 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
4071 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4072 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4074 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4075 but for outgoing connections.
4076 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4077 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4078 a require authentication
4079 b bind to interface through which mail has
4081 c perform hostname canonification
4082 f require fully qualified hostname
4083 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4085 C don't perform hostname canonification
4086 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4087 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4088 h use name of interface for HELO command
4089 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4090 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4091 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4092 Institutes of Health.
4093 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4094 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4095 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4096 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
4097 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4098 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4099 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4100 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4101 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4102 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4103 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4104 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
4105 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4106 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4107 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4108 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4109 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4110 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4111 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4112 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4113 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4114 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
4115 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4116 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
4117 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4118 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4119 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4120 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4121 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4122 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4124 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4125 interface address structure when loading the system network
4126 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4128 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4129 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4130 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
4131 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
4132 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4133 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4135 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4136 Northern Illinois University.
4137 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4138 envelope splitting has occurred.
4139 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4140 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4141 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4142 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4143 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4144 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4146 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4147 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
4148 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4149 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4150 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4151 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
4152 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4153 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4154 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4155 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4156 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4157 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4158 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4159 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
4160 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4161 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4162 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4163 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4164 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4165 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4166 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4167 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
4168 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4169 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4170 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4171 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4173 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4174 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4175 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4176 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4177 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
4178 ruleset lines as well.
4179 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4180 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4181 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
4182 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4184 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4185 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4186 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4187 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4188 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4189 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4190 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4191 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4192 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4193 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4195 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4196 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4197 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4198 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4199 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4200 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4201 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
4202 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4203 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4204 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4205 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4206 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
4207 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4208 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4209 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
4210 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4212 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4213 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4214 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4216 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4217 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4218 them in the .cf file.
4219 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4220 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4221 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4222 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4223 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4224 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4225 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4226 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
4227 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4228 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4229 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4230 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
4231 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
4232 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4233 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
4234 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4235 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4236 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
4237 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4238 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
4239 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4240 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4241 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4242 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
4243 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4244 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
4245 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4246 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4247 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
4248 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
4249 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4250 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4251 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
4252 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
4253 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4254 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
4255 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4256 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4257 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
4258 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4259 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
4260 don't fail on ANY queries.
4261 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4262 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4263 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4264 Northern Illinois University.
4265 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4266 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4268 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4269 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4270 Northern Illinois University.
4271 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4272 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4273 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4275 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4276 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4277 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4278 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
4279 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4280 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4281 This allows network interface probing to work
4282 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
4284 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4285 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4286 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4288 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4289 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4291 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4292 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4294 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4295 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4296 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4297 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4298 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4299 in building the operating system. Users can
4300 override the defaults by setting confCC and
4301 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4302 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4303 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4304 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4305 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4306 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4307 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4308 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4309 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4310 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4311 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4312 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
4313 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4314 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4315 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4316 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4317 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4318 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4319 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
4320 use that value in conf.h.
4321 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
4323 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4324 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4325 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4327 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
4328 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4330 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4331 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4332 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4334 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4335 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
4336 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4338 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4340 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4341 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
4342 Siemens Business Services.
4343 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4344 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4345 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4346 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
4347 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4348 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4349 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4351 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4352 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4353 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4354 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4355 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4356 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4357 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4359 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
4360 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4361 Technology Information Network.
4362 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
4363 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4364 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4365 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4367 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4368 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
4369 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
4370 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4371 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
4372 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
4374 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4375 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4376 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4377 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4378 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4379 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4380 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
4381 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
4382 Courtesan Consulting.
4383 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4384 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4385 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4386 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4387 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4388 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4390 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4391 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4393 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4394 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4395 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4396 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
4398 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4399 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
4400 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
4401 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
4402 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
4403 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
4404 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
4405 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
4406 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
4407 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
4408 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
4409 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
4410 confPID_FILE PidFile
4411 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
4412 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
4413 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
4414 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
4415 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4416 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4417 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
4418 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4419 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4420 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
4421 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
4422 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4423 which takes the options as argument and can be used
4424 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4425 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4426 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4427 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
4428 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4430 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4431 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4432 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4433 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4434 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
4435 value should be changed with care.
4436 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4437 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4438 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4439 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4441 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4442 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
4444 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4445 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4446 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4447 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4448 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4449 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4450 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4451 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4452 of Northern Illinois University.
4453 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4454 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4455 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4456 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4457 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4459 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4461 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4462 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4463 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4464 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
4465 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4467 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4468 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4469 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4470 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4471 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4472 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4473 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
4474 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4475 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4476 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4477 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
4478 Hubert of University of Washington.
4479 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4480 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
4481 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4482 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4483 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4484 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
4485 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4486 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
4487 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4489 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4490 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4492 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4493 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4494 University and Brian Candler.
4495 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4496 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4497 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4498 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4500 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4501 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4502 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4503 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4504 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4505 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4506 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4507 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4508 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4509 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4510 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4511 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
4512 Willamette Industries, Inc.
4513 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4514 converted to <user@d>
4515 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4516 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4517 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4518 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4520 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4521 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4522 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4524 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4525 be accessed by their numbers).
4526 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4527 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4529 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4530 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4531 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4532 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4533 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4534 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4535 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4536 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4537 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4538 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4539 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4540 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4542 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4543 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4544 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4545 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
4546 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4547 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4548 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4549 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4550 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4551 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4552 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4553 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4554 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4555 University of California at Berkeley.
4556 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4557 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4558 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
4559 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4560 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4562 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4563 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4564 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4566 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4567 be used for building.
4568 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4569 used for a fresh build.
4570 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4571 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4573 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4574 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4575 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4576 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
4578 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4579 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4580 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4581 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4582 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
4583 of Siemens Business Services.
4584 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4585 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4586 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
4588 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4589 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4590 They should contain the C source files for the object files
4591 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
4592 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4593 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4594 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
4595 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4596 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4597 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4598 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
4599 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4600 are in devtools/README.
4601 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4602 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4603 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4604 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
4605 new variable which identifies the root of the source
4606 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4607 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4608 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4610 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4611 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4612 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4613 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4614 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4616 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4617 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4619 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4620 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
4621 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4622 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4623 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4625 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4626 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4627 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4628 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
4629 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4630 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4631 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4632 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4633 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4634 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
4635 install-strip target.
4636 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4637 the others (if it exists).
4638 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4639 then the default ones.
4640 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
4641 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4642 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4644 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4645 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4646 Northern Illinois University.
4647 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4648 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4649 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4650 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4651 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
4652 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4654 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4655 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4656 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4658 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4659 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
4660 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4661 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4662 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4663 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4664 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4666 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4667 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4668 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4669 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4670 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4671 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4672 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
4673 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4674 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4675 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4676 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4677 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4678 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4679 Alcatel Australia Limited.
4680 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4681 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
4682 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4683 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4684 timeout to avoid starvation.
4685 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4686 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4687 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4688 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4689 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4690 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4691 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4693 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4694 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4695 sendmail configuration file.
4696 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4697 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4699 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
4700 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4701 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
4702 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4703 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
4704 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4705 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4706 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4707 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4709 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4710 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4711 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
4712 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4713 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4714 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4715 Institute for Global Communications.
4716 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4717 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
4718 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4719 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4720 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
4721 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4722 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
4723 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4724 of the Institute for Global Communications.
4725 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
4726 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4727 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4728 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
4729 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4731 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4732 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
4733 which execute the actual Build script in
4735 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4736 -mandoc as they were previously.
4737 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4738 of Build will work (unless parameters are
4739 required for Build).
4747 Renamed Directories:
4748 BuildTools => devtools
4752 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4753 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4759 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4760 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4761 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4763 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4764 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4765 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4766 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4770 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4771 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4772 contrib/domainmap.m4
4775 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4777 devtools/M4/string.m4
4778 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4779 devtools/M4/switch.m4
4782 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4783 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4785 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4793 sendmail/bf_portable.c
4794 sendmail/bf_portable.h
4797 sendmail/shmticklib.c
4798 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4804 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4805 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4806 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4807 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4808 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4809 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4810 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4811 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4812 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4814 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4816 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
4817 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4818 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4819 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4820 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4821 Schools" project (IdS).
4822 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4823 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
4824 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
4825 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4826 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4827 when performing the MIME header length check. This
4828 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
4829 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4830 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4831 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4832 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4833 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4834 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4835 ExecPC Internet Systems.
4836 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4837 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4838 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4839 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
4840 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4841 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4842 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4843 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
4844 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4845 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4846 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4847 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4848 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4849 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4850 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4851 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4852 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4853 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
4854 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4857 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4858 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
4859 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4860 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
4861 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
4862 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4863 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4864 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4865 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4866 Technical University of Denmark.
4867 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4868 Supercomputer Center.
4869 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4870 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4871 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4872 of Stanford University.
4873 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4874 between different releases. Back out the
4875 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4876 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4877 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4878 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4879 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4881 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4882 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4883 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4885 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4886 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
4887 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4888 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4889 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
4890 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4891 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
4892 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4893 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4894 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4895 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4896 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4897 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4900 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4901 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4902 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4904 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
4905 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4906 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
4907 for a denial of service attack.
4908 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4909 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4910 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4911 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4913 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4914 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4915 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4916 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4917 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4918 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
4919 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4920 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4922 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4923 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4924 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4925 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4926 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4927 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4928 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4929 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
4930 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4931 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4932 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4933 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4934 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4935 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4936 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4937 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4938 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4939 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4941 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4942 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
4943 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4944 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4945 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4946 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
4947 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4948 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
4949 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4950 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4951 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4952 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4954 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4955 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4956 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4957 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4958 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4959 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4960 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4961 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4962 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4963 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4964 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4965 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
4966 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4968 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
4969 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4970 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4971 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4972 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
4973 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
4974 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4975 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4976 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
4977 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4978 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
4979 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4980 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4981 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
4982 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4983 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
4984 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4985 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4986 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4987 Meteorological Institute.
4988 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4989 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
4990 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4992 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4993 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4994 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
4995 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4996 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4997 reading network interface addresses into
4998 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
4999 Cal State University, Chico.
5000 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5001 from changing the semantics of the compiled
5002 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
5003 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5004 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
5005 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5006 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5007 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
5008 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5009 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5010 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5011 of Sun Microsystems.
5012 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
5013 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5014 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
5016 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
5017 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5018 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
5020 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5021 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5023 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5024 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5026 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
5027 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5028 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5029 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
5030 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5031 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5032 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5033 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
5034 Manawatu Internet Services.
5035 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5036 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5037 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
5038 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5039 of Northern Illinois University.
5040 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
5041 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5043 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5045 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
5046 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5047 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5048 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5049 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5050 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5051 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5052 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5053 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5054 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5055 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5056 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
5057 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5058 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
5059 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5060 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5061 the envelope From header.
5062 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5063 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5064 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5065 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5066 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5067 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5068 Portal Services, Inc.
5069 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5070 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
5072 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5074 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5075 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5076 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5077 contrib/smcontrol.pl
5080 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
5081 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5082 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5083 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5084 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5085 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5086 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5087 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5088 Meteorological Institute.
5089 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5090 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
5091 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5092 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5093 installation commands. The man pages would still be
5094 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
5095 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5096 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5097 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5098 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5099 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5100 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5101 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5102 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5103 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5104 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5105 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5106 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5107 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5108 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
5110 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5111 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
5112 DaveLtd Enterprises.
5113 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5114 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
5115 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5116 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5117 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
5118 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5119 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
5120 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5121 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5122 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5123 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5124 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5125 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5127 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5128 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
5129 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5130 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5131 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5132 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5134 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5135 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5136 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5137 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5138 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
5140 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
5141 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5143 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
5144 J. P. McCann of E I A.
5145 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
5147 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5148 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5149 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5150 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5151 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5152 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5153 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5154 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5155 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
5156 would not accept @@hostname.
5157 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5158 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5159 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5160 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
5161 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5163 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5165 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
5166 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5167 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5168 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5169 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
5170 which need the ability to override security can use the
5171 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
5173 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5174 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5175 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5176 world writable directories.
5177 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5178 it is in a world writable directory.
5179 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5180 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5181 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
5182 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5183 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5184 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5185 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5186 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5187 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5188 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5189 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
5190 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5191 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5192 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
5193 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5195 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5196 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5197 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5198 the University of Maryland.
5199 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
5200 of Cal State University, Chico.
5201 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
5202 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5203 current version of Berkeley DB.
5204 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5205 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5206 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5207 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5209 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5210 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5211 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
5213 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5214 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5215 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
5216 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5217 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5218 mail.local on the F=z flag.
5219 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
5220 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5221 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
5222 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5223 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5224 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5225 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5226 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5227 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5228 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5229 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5230 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5231 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5232 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5233 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
5234 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5235 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
5236 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5237 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5238 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5239 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5240 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
5241 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5242 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5243 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5244 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
5246 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5247 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5248 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5249 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5250 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
5251 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5252 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5253 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5254 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5255 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
5256 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5257 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5258 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5259 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5260 sender for those failures.
5261 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5262 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5263 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5264 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
5266 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5267 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5268 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5269 of Procter & Gamble.
5270 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5271 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5272 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5273 of Procter & Gamble.
5274 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
5275 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5276 of system security. This should only be used if you are
5277 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
5278 DontBlameSendmail options are:
5281 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5282 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5283 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5284 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5285 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5286 GroupWritableAliasFile
5287 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5288 WorldWritableAliasFile
5289 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5290 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5291 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5292 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5293 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5294 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5296 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5297 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5298 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5299 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5300 LinkedMapInWritableDir
5301 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5302 FileDeliveryToHardLink
5303 FileDeliveryToSymLink
5306 WriteStatsToHardLink
5308 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5310 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5311 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
5312 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5313 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5314 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5315 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5316 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5317 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5318 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5319 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5320 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5321 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5322 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5323 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5324 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5325 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5326 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5327 contrast to the success case).
5328 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
5331 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5332 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5333 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5334 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5335 from hiding their connection information in Received:
5337 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5338 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
5339 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5340 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5341 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5342 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
5343 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5344 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
5345 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5346 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5347 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5348 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5349 remote identity can be queried.
5350 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5351 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5352 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
5353 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5354 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5355 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5356 some of the details are determined dynamically via
5357 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5358 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5359 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5360 the new Build method which creates an operating system
5361 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5362 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5363 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5364 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
5365 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5366 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
5367 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5368 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5369 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5370 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5371 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5372 This means that even if only one of the recipients
5373 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5374 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5375 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5376 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
5377 of CNET: The Computer Network.
5378 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5379 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5380 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5381 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5382 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5383 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5384 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5385 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5386 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5387 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5388 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5389 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5390 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5391 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5392 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
5393 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5394 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5395 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5396 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5398 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5400 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5401 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
5402 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5403 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5404 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5405 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5406 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5407 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5409 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
5410 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5411 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5413 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5414 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
5415 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5416 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5417 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5418 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
5419 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5420 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
5422 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5423 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
5424 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
5425 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5426 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5427 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
5428 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5429 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5430 Stratus Computer, Inc.
5431 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5432 currently supported version.
5433 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
5434 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5435 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5436 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5437 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
5438 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5439 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5440 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5441 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5442 message in error bounces.
5443 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5444 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5445 Digital Equipment Corporation.
5447 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5448 of Kyoto University.
5449 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
5450 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5452 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5453 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5455 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5456 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5457 the University of Maryland.
5458 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5459 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5460 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5461 Meteorological Institute.
5462 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5463 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5464 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5465 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5466 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5467 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5468 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
5469 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
5470 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5471 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5472 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
5473 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5474 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5475 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
5477 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5478 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5479 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
5480 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5481 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5482 directory for certain programs.
5483 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5484 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5485 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5486 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
5487 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5488 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5489 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
5490 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
5491 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5492 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5493 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5494 the user to setup different .forward files for
5495 user+detail addressing.
5496 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5497 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5498 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5499 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5500 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5501 outside your domain).
5502 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5503 any site to any site.
5504 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5505 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5506 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5507 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5508 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5509 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
5510 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5511 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
5512 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5513 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5514 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5515 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5516 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5517 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5518 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5520 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
5521 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
5522 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5523 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5524 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
5525 needed for most installations.
5526 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5527 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
5528 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5529 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5530 the University of Maryland.
5531 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5532 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5533 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5534 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5535 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5536 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5537 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5538 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5539 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5540 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5541 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5542 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
5543 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5544 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
5545 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5546 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5547 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5548 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
5549 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
5550 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
5551 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5552 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5553 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5554 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5555 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5556 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
5557 above for more information.
5558 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5559 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5560 Meteorological Institute.
5561 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5562 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5563 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
5564 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
5565 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5566 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5567 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5568 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5569 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5570 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5571 MustQuoteChars respectively.
5572 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
5573 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5574 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
5575 CMU (now of Netscape).
5576 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5577 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
5578 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
5579 read mail.local/README.
5580 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5581 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5582 University of Maryland.
5583 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5585 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5586 Meteorological Institute.
5587 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5588 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5589 University of Maryland.
5590 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5591 such as linked files in world writable directories.
5592 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5593 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5594 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
5595 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5597 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
5598 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5599 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5601 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5602 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5603 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5605 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5606 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5607 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5608 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5609 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5610 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5611 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5612 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5613 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5614 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5615 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5616 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5617 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5618 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5619 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5621 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5622 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5624 BuildTools/Site/README
5625 BuildTools/bin/Build
5626 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5627 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5628 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5631 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5632 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5633 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5634 cf/feature/access_db.m4
5635 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5636 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5637 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5638 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5640 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5641 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5642 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5643 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5645 contrib/doublebounce.pl
5647 mail.local/Makefile.m4
5650 mailstats/Makefile.m4
5654 praliases/Makefile.m4
5664 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5666 mail.local/Makefile.dist
5668 mailstats/Makefile.dist
5670 makemap/Makefile.dist
5672 praliases/Makefile.dist
5677 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5678 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5679 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5680 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5683 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5684 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5685 src/READ_ME => src/README
5687 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
5688 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5689 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5690 Meteorological Institute.
5691 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5692 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
5693 Arseneault of SRI International.
5694 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5695 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5696 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5697 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5698 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5699 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5700 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
5701 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
5702 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5703 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5704 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5706 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5707 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5708 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5709 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5710 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5711 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5712 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5713 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5714 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
5715 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5716 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5717 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5718 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5719 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5720 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5721 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
5722 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5723 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5724 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
5725 results during a single message processing (but would
5726 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
5727 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5728 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5729 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5730 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5731 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5732 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5733 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5734 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5735 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5736 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
5737 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5738 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5739 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5740 and the inability to save a bounce message to
5741 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5742 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5743 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5744 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5746 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
5747 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5748 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5749 could cause confusing error messages.
5750 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5751 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
5752 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5753 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5755 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
5756 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5757 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5758 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5759 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5760 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5761 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5763 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5764 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
5765 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5766 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5767 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5768 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5769 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5770 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5772 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5773 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5774 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5775 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5776 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5777 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5778 RUS University of Stuttgart.
5780 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5781 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
5782 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
5783 of Stanford University.
5784 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5785 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
5786 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5788 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5789 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5790 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5791 Electronic Data Systems.
5792 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
5793 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5794 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5795 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5796 loader environment variables into the loader memory
5797 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
5798 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5799 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5800 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
5801 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5802 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5803 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5804 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
5805 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5806 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
5807 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5808 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
5809 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5810 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5811 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5812 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5814 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5815 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5816 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5817 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
5818 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5819 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5821 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5822 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5823 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5826 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
5827 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5828 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5829 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5830 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5831 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5833 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5834 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
5835 of Technology, Stockholm.
5836 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5837 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5838 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5839 that these routines are included as though they were in the
5840 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5841 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5842 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5843 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5844 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5845 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5846 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
5847 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5848 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5849 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
5850 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5851 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
5852 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5853 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5854 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5855 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
5856 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5857 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5858 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5859 have to assume that the information is good.
5860 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5862 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5863 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5864 errors during testing.
5865 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5866 printed in the error message.
5867 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5868 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5869 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5870 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5871 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5872 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5873 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5874 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5875 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5876 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
5877 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5878 runner runs during a critical section in another message
5879 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5881 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5882 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5883 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5884 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
5885 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5886 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5887 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5888 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5889 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5890 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5891 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5892 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5893 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5894 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
5895 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5896 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5897 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5899 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5900 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5901 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5902 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
5903 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5904 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5905 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5906 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
5907 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5908 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5909 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
5911 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5912 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
5913 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5914 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5916 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5917 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
5918 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5920 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
5921 of Argonne National Laboratory.
5922 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5923 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5924 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
5925 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5926 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5928 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5929 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5930 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5931 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5932 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5933 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5935 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
5936 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5937 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
5938 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5940 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5941 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5942 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
5943 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
5944 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5945 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5946 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5947 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5949 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5950 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
5951 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5952 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5953 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5954 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5955 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5956 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5958 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5959 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
5961 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
5962 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5963 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5964 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5965 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5966 changed after open".
5967 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
5969 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5971 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5972 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5974 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5978 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
5979 *************************************************************
5980 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
5981 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
5982 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
5983 * continued sendmail development. *
5984 *************************************************************
5985 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5986 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5987 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
5988 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5989 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5990 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
5991 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5992 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
5993 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5994 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
5995 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5996 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5997 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
5998 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5999 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6000 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6001 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6002 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6003 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6004 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6005 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6006 another database; this can be used either to expose
6007 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6008 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6009 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
6010 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6011 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6012 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6013 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
6014 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6016 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6017 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6018 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
6019 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
6020 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6021 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6022 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6023 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6024 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6025 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6026 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6027 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6028 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6029 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6030 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6031 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6032 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6033 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6034 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6035 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6036 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
6037 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6038 NFS-mounted filesystems.
6039 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6040 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6041 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6042 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6043 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
6044 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6045 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6046 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
6047 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6048 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6049 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6051 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6052 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
6054 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6055 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
6056 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6057 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6058 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6059 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6060 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6061 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
6062 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6063 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6064 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6066 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6067 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
6068 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6069 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6070 too large) don't send the bogus message.
6071 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6072 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
6073 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6074 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6075 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
6076 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6077 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6078 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
6080 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6081 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
6083 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6084 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6085 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6086 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
6087 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
6088 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6089 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6090 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6091 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6092 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6094 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6095 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6096 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6098 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6099 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6100 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
6101 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6102 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6103 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6104 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6105 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
6106 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6108 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6109 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6111 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6112 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6113 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6114 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6115 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
6116 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6117 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6118 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
6119 erroneous results during a single message processing
6120 (but would recover when the next message was received).
6121 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6122 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
6123 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6124 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6125 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
6126 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6127 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6128 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6129 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6130 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6131 address as "may be forged".
6132 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6133 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6134 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6135 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6136 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6137 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
6139 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6140 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6141 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6142 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6143 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6144 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6145 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6146 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6147 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6149 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6150 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
6151 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6152 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6153 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
6154 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6155 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6156 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6157 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6158 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
6159 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6161 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6162 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6163 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
6164 John Beck of SunSoft.
6165 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6166 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6167 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6168 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6169 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6170 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6171 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6172 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
6173 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6174 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
6175 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6177 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6178 on some architectures.
6180 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6181 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6182 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
6183 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6184 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6186 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6187 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6188 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6189 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6190 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6191 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6192 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6193 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6194 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
6195 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6196 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6197 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6198 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6199 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6200 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6202 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
6204 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6205 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6207 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6208 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6209 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6210 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
6212 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6213 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6214 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6215 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6216 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6217 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6218 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6219 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
6220 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6221 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6222 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
6223 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6224 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6225 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6226 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6227 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6228 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6229 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6230 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6231 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6232 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6233 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6234 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
6235 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6236 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6237 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6238 was specified, even when it wasn't.
6239 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
6240 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6241 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6242 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
6243 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6244 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6245 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6246 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6247 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
6248 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6249 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6251 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
6252 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
6253 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6254 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6255 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6256 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6257 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6258 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6260 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6261 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6262 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
6263 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
6264 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6265 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
6266 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6267 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6268 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6269 for system accounts.
6272 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6274 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6275 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6276 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6278 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6279 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6281 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
6282 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
6283 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6284 even if RunAsUser is specified.
6285 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
6286 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6287 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6288 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6289 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6290 University of Pennsylvania.
6291 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6292 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
6293 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6294 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6295 was unnecessarily awful.
6296 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6297 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6298 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6299 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6300 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6301 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6302 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6303 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6304 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6305 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6306 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6307 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6308 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
6309 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6310 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6311 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6313 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6314 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
6315 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6317 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6318 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6319 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
6320 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
6321 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6322 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6323 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6324 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6325 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6326 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6327 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6328 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
6329 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6330 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
6332 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6333 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6334 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6335 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
6336 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6337 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6338 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6339 The current values and defaults are:
6340 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6341 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
6342 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
6343 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
6344 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6345 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6346 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6347 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6348 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
6349 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6350 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6351 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6352 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6353 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6354 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
6356 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6357 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6358 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6359 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6360 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6361 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6362 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6363 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6364 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6365 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6366 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6367 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6369 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6370 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6371 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6372 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6373 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
6374 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6375 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6376 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6378 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6379 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6380 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6381 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6382 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6383 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6384 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6386 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6387 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6388 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6389 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6390 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6391 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6392 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6393 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
6394 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6395 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6397 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6398 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
6399 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6400 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6401 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
6402 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6403 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6404 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
6405 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6406 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6407 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6408 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
6409 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
6410 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
6411 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6412 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6413 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6414 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6415 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
6416 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6417 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6418 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6419 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6420 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6421 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6422 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6425 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
6426 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6427 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6428 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
6429 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6430 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
6431 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
6432 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6433 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6434 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6435 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
6436 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6437 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
6438 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
6439 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6440 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6441 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6442 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6443 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
6444 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6445 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6446 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6447 Problem noted by several people.
6448 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6449 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6450 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
6452 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6453 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6454 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6455 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6456 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6457 of Best Internet Communications.
6458 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
6459 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6460 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6461 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6462 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6463 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6464 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6465 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6466 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
6467 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6468 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6469 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6470 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6471 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6472 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6473 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
6475 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
6476 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6477 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6478 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6479 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
6480 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
6481 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6482 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6483 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6484 of Kyoto University.
6485 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6486 conditions from Don Lewis.
6487 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6488 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6489 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6490 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
6491 patch from Bryan Costales.
6493 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6494 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
6495 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
6496 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6497 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6498 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
6499 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6500 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
6501 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6502 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
6503 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6505 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6507 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6508 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6509 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6510 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6511 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6512 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
6513 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6514 than one long one. By popular demand.
6515 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
6516 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6517 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6518 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6519 of NTT Software Corporation.
6520 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6524 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
6525 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6526 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
6527 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6528 best-of-security list.
6529 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6530 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6531 should make it clearer to people that they are running
6533 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6534 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6535 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6536 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
6537 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6538 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6539 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6540 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
6541 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6542 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6543 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6544 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6545 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6546 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
6547 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6548 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6549 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6550 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6551 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
6553 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
6554 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6555 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6556 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6557 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6558 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6560 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6561 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6562 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6563 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
6564 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6565 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6566 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6567 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
6568 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6569 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
6570 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6571 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6572 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6573 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6574 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6575 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6576 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6577 University of Linkoping.
6578 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6579 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
6580 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6581 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6582 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6583 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6584 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6586 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6587 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6588 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6589 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6590 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
6591 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
6592 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6594 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6595 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6596 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
6597 HÃ¥kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6598 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6599 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6600 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6601 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6602 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6603 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6604 The outline of the implementation was contributed
6605 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6606 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6607 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6608 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6609 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6610 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
6611 Earickson of Colby College.
6612 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
6613 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6614 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6616 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6617 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
6618 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6619 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6620 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6621 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
6622 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6623 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6624 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6625 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6626 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6627 University of Washington, Seattle.
6628 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6629 Polytechnic Institute.
6630 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6631 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6633 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6635 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6637 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
6638 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6639 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6641 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6642 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6643 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6644 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6645 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6648 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
6649 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6650 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
6651 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6652 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6653 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6654 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
6655 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6657 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6658 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6660 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
6661 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6662 on illegal host names.
6663 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6664 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6665 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
6666 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6667 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6668 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6669 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6670 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6671 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6672 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6673 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
6674 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6675 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6676 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6677 University of Leicester.
6678 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6679 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6680 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6681 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
6682 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6683 University of Washington.
6685 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
6686 people pointed this out.
6687 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6688 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6689 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6690 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6691 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6692 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6693 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6694 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6696 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
6697 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6698 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
6699 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6701 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
6702 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6703 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6704 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6705 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
6706 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6707 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
6708 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6709 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
6710 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6711 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6712 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6713 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6714 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6716 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6717 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6718 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6719 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6720 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6721 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
6722 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6723 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6724 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6725 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
6726 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6727 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6728 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6729 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
6730 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6731 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6732 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6733 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6735 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6736 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6738 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6739 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6740 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6741 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6742 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
6743 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6744 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6745 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6746 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6747 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6748 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6749 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6750 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6752 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6753 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6754 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6755 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6756 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
6757 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6758 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6759 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6760 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6761 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
6762 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6763 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6764 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6765 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
6766 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6767 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6768 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6769 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6770 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6772 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6773 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
6775 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6776 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6777 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
6778 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6779 there should be no security implications. Implementation
6780 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
6781 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6782 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6783 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6784 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
6785 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6786 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6787 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6789 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6790 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6791 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6792 University of Maryland.
6793 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
6794 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6795 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6796 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6797 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6798 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
6799 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6800 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6801 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6802 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
6803 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6804 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
6805 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
6806 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6807 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
6808 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
6809 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6810 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6811 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6812 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
6814 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6815 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6816 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
6817 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6818 is for incoming connections only.
6819 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
6820 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6821 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
6822 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
6823 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6824 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6825 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6826 (e.g., due to connection caching).
6827 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6828 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6829 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6830 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
6831 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6832 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6833 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6834 that take a very long time to run.
6835 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
6836 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6837 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6838 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6839 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
6840 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6841 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6842 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6843 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6844 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6845 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
6847 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6848 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6850 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6851 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6852 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6853 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6854 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6855 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6856 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6857 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6858 different for this case.
6859 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6860 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6861 of Stanford University.
6862 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6863 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6864 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
6865 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6866 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6867 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
6868 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6869 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6870 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
6871 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6872 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6873 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6874 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
6875 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6876 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6877 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6878 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6879 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6880 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6882 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6883 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6884 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
6885 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6886 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6887 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
6888 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6889 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6891 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6892 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6894 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6895 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6896 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6897 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
6898 either of these in their configuration file.
6899 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6900 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
6901 St. Peter's College.
6902 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6903 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
6904 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6905 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6906 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
6907 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6908 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6909 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
6910 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6912 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6913 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6914 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
6915 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6916 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6917 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
6918 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6919 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6920 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6921 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6923 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6924 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6925 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6926 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6927 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6928 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6929 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6930 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6931 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6932 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6933 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6935 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
6936 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6937 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6938 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6939 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6941 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
6942 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6943 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6944 See also the src/READ_ME file.
6945 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6946 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
6947 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6948 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6949 two characters $, +.
6950 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6952 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6953 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6954 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6956 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6957 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
6959 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6960 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6961 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
6962 Beck of InReference, Inc.
6963 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6964 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6965 Computing Corporation.
6966 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6967 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6968 Internet Communications.
6969 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6970 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6971 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6973 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
6974 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6975 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6976 of the University of Iceland.
6977 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6978 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6979 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6980 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
6981 this change is a no-op.
6982 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
6984 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
6986 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6987 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6988 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6989 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6990 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
6991 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6992 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6993 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6994 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
6995 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6996 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6997 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
6998 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
7000 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7001 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
7002 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7003 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7004 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7005 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
7006 easily determine what messages are to their role as
7007 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
7008 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7009 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7010 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
7011 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7012 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7013 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7014 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
7015 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7016 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
7017 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7018 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
7019 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
7020 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7021 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7022 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
7023 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
7024 of Stanford University.
7025 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7026 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
7027 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7028 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7029 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7030 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7031 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7032 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7033 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7034 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7035 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
7036 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
7037 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7038 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
7040 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7041 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7042 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
7043 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7044 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
7045 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7046 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
7047 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
7048 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
7049 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
7050 value is ".hoststat".
7051 There are also two new operation modes:
7052 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7054 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
7055 recent status information.
7056 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7057 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7058 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7059 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7060 framework is gratefully appreciated.
7061 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7062 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7063 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7064 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7065 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7066 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7067 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7068 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7069 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7070 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
7071 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7072 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7073 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
7075 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7076 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7077 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7078 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7079 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7080 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7081 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7082 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7083 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7084 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7085 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7087 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7088 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7089 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
7090 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7091 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7092 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7093 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
7094 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7095 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7096 of Washington, Seattle.
7097 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
7098 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7099 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7100 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7101 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7102 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
7103 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7104 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
7105 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
7107 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7108 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7109 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7110 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7111 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7112 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7113 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
7114 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7115 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7117 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7118 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
7119 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7120 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7121 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7122 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7123 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7124 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
7125 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7126 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
7127 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7128 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7129 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
7130 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7131 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7132 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
7134 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7135 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7136 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7137 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
7138 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7139 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
7140 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7141 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7142 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
7143 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
7144 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7145 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7146 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7147 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7148 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7149 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7150 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7151 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7152 National University of Singapore.
7153 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
7154 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7155 system can't cope with.
7157 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7158 Atlas International.
7159 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7161 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7162 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7163 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
7164 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7165 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7166 Bernstein and Associates.
7167 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7168 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
7169 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7170 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7171 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7172 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7173 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7174 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7175 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7176 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7177 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7178 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7179 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7180 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7181 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7182 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7184 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7185 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7186 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7187 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7188 Employment Standards Administration.
7189 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7190 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7192 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7193 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7194 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7195 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7196 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7197 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7198 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7199 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7200 of the University of Arizona.
7201 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
7202 Vanderbilt University.
7203 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7204 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7205 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
7206 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7207 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
7208 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7209 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7210 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7211 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7213 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7214 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7215 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7216 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
7218 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
7219 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
7220 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7221 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
7222 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7223 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7224 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
7225 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7226 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7227 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
7228 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7229 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7230 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7231 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
7232 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7233 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
7234 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7235 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7236 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7237 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7238 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7239 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
7240 info@foo.com foo-info
7241 info@bar.com bar-info
7242 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
7243 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7244 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7245 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7246 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
7247 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
7248 a great many people.
7249 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7250 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7251 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7253 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7254 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7255 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7256 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
7257 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
7258 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7259 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7260 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7261 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
7262 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
7263 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7264 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7265 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7266 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
7267 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7268 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
7269 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7270 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7271 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7273 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7274 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
7275 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7276 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7277 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
7278 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7279 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7280 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
7281 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7282 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7283 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7284 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7285 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7286 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
7288 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7289 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7290 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7291 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7293 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7294 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
7295 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7296 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7297 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7298 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7299 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
7300 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7301 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7302 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7303 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7304 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7305 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7306 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
7308 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7309 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7310 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7311 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7313 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7314 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7315 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7316 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7317 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7318 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7319 mailstats/mailstats.8
7320 praliases/praliases.8
7321 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7322 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7323 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7324 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7325 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7329 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7331 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7333 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7337 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7338 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
7339 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
7340 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7341 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7343 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
7344 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7345 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7346 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
7347 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7348 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7349 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7350 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
7351 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7353 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
7354 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7355 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7356 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7357 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7358 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7361 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
7362 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7363 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7364 any user (except root).
7365 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7366 version number is unchanged.
7368 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
7369 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7370 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
7371 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7372 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7373 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
7374 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7375 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7376 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
7379 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7380 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7381 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
7382 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7383 Stanford University.
7384 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7385 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7387 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
7388 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7389 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
7390 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7391 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7392 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7393 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
7394 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7395 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
7396 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7397 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7398 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7399 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
7401 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7402 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7403 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7404 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7405 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7406 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7407 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7408 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
7409 bounces when it should have requeued.
7410 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7411 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7412 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
7413 John Hawkinson of Panix.
7414 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7415 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7416 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7417 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
7418 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
7419 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7420 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7422 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
7423 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7424 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7425 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
7426 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7427 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7428 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7429 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7430 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7431 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7432 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7433 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
7434 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7435 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7437 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7438 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7439 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7440 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7441 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7442 included even if the user did not request success notification,
7443 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7444 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7445 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7446 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7447 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
7448 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7449 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
7451 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7452 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
7453 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7454 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7455 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7456 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7457 Technological University.
7458 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7459 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
7460 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7461 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7462 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
7463 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7464 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7465 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7466 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7467 to have the database format of the alias files without the
7468 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7470 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7471 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7472 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7473 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7474 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7476 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7477 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
7478 Association for Progressive Communications.
7479 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7480 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7481 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7482 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7483 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
7484 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7485 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7487 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7488 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
7489 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
7490 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7491 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7492 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7493 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
7494 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7495 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
7496 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7498 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7499 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
7500 James B. Davis of TCI.
7501 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
7502 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7503 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7504 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
7505 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7506 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7507 isn't supported on all compilers.
7508 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7509 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7510 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7511 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7512 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7513 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7514 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7516 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7517 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7518 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7519 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
7520 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7521 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7522 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
7523 for different files.
7524 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
7525 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7526 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7527 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7528 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7531 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
7532 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7533 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7534 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
7535 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7536 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7537 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7538 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7539 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7540 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7541 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7542 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7543 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
7544 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7545 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7546 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7547 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7548 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7549 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
7550 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7551 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7552 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7553 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7554 results. This could have security implications.
7555 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7556 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7557 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7558 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7559 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
7560 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7561 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
7563 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
7564 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7565 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7566 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7567 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7568 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7569 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
7570 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7571 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7572 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
7573 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
7574 domain names are your friends.
7575 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7576 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7577 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7578 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7579 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7580 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
7581 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7582 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7584 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7585 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7586 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7587 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7590 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7591 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
7592 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7593 file and SGI standards. From Andre
7594 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7595 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7596 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7597 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7598 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7599 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7600 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
7601 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7602 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7603 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7604 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7605 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7606 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7607 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7608 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7609 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7610 Infobiogen (France).
7612 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7613 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7614 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7617 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7618 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7619 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7620 Global Communications.
7621 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7622 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7623 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7624 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
7625 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7626 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
7627 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7628 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7629 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7631 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7632 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7633 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7634 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7635 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7636 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7637 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7638 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7639 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7641 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7642 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7643 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7644 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
7645 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7646 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7647 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
7648 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
7649 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
7650 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7651 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7652 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7653 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7654 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7655 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7656 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7657 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7658 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7659 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7660 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7661 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7662 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
7663 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7664 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7665 Swarthmore University.
7666 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7667 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7668 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7669 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7671 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7672 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7674 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7675 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7676 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7677 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7678 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7679 and the parsed address.
7680 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7681 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7682 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
7683 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7684 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
7685 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7687 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7689 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7690 `mapname' and return the result.
7691 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7692 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7693 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7694 the header for envelope sender information and uses
7695 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
7696 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7697 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7699 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7700 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7701 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
7702 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7703 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7704 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7705 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7706 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7707 of Michigan Technological University.
7708 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7709 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7710 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7711 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
7712 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
7713 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7714 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
7716 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7717 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7718 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
7719 the error message. It was especially weird because it
7720 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7721 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
7722 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7723 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7724 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
7725 should have minimal impact on external function.
7726 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7727 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7729 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7735 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7736 C CheckpointInterval
7738 D AutoRebuildAliases
7751 k ConnectionCacheSize
7752 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
7779 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7780 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7781 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
7784 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
7785 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7786 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7787 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7788 specify "V6" in the configuration.
7789 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7790 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7791 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7792 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
7793 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7794 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7795 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7796 This requires config file support to get right. It does
7797 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7798 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7799 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7800 A Addresses are aliasable.
7801 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7802 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
7803 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7804 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7805 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7806 recipient mailer flags.
7807 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7808 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7810 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7811 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7812 : Check for :include: on this address.
7813 | Check for |program on this address.
7814 / Check for /file on this address.
7815 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
7816 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
7817 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7818 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7819 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7820 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7821 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7822 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
7823 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7824 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7825 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
7826 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7827 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
7828 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7829 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7830 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7831 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7832 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7833 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
7834 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7835 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7836 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
7837 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7838 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7839 (essentially, the full MIME option).
7840 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7841 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7842 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7843 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
7845 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7847 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7848 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7849 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7850 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7851 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7852 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7853 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
7854 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7855 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
7856 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7857 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
7858 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7859 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7860 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7861 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7862 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
7863 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7864 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7865 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7866 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7867 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7868 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
7869 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7870 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7871 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
7872 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7873 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7874 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7876 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7877 fashion as the U= mailer option.
7878 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7879 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
7880 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7881 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7882 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7883 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7884 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
7885 from Chip Rosenthal.
7886 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7889 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7890 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
7891 set them both the preferred new syntax is
7892 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7893 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7894 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7895 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7896 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
7897 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7898 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
7899 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7900 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7901 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
7902 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7903 contribution was to make it configurable).
7904 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7905 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7906 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7907 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7908 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7909 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7910 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7911 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7912 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7914 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7916 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7917 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7918 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7919 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7920 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7921 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
7922 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7923 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7924 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
7925 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7927 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7928 :include: and .forward files.
7929 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7930 key field name, the value field name, and the field
7931 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
7932 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7933 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7934 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7935 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7936 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7937 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
7939 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
7940 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
7941 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
7942 Hutton of Indiana University.
7943 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
7944 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7945 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7946 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
7947 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
7948 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7949 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
7950 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7951 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7952 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7953 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7955 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
7956 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7957 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
7958 are from sysexits.h.
7959 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7960 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
7963 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7964 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7965 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7966 map2 is searched and the value returned.
7967 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
7968 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7969 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
7970 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7971 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7972 For example, if the declaration of the map is
7973 Ksample switch hosts
7974 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7975 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7977 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7978 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7979 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
7980 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7981 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7982 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
7983 the -m (matchonly) flag.
7984 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7985 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
7986 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7987 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7988 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7989 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
7990 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7991 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
7992 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7993 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7994 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7995 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7996 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7997 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
7998 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7999 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8000 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8001 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8002 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8003 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8004 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8005 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8006 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8007 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
8008 an /etc/hosts entry reads
8009 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8010 this change will use the second name as the canonical
8011 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8012 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8013 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8014 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8015 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8016 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
8017 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8018 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8019 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8020 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
8021 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8022 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8023 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
8024 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8025 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8026 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8027 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8028 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8029 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8030 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8031 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8032 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8033 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8034 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8035 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8036 much longer than the specified timeout.
8037 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8038 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8039 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8040 denial-of-service attack.
8041 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8042 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8043 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8044 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
8045 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8046 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8047 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8048 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
8049 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8050 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
8051 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8052 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8053 actually file lookups.
8054 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8055 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8056 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
8057 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8058 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8059 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
8060 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8061 support for them has been removed.
8062 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8063 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8064 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8065 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8066 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8067 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
8068 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8069 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8070 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
8071 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8072 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8073 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8074 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8075 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8076 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8077 also improves the connection cache utilization.
8078 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8079 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
8080 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8081 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8082 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8083 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
8084 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8085 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
8086 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8088 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8089 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
8090 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8091 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
8092 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8093 option can give the network software time to establish
8094 the link. The default units are seconds.
8095 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8096 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8097 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8098 Defense Information Systems Agency.
8099 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8100 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
8101 the National Computer Security Center.
8102 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8103 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8104 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8105 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
8106 the mailprio scripts (see below).
8107 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8108 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8109 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
8110 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8111 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8112 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
8113 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
8114 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8115 University Computing Service.
8116 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8117 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
8118 the University of Kentucky.
8119 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8120 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8121 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8122 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
8123 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8124 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8125 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8126 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8128 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8129 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8130 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8131 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8132 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8133 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8134 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
8135 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8136 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8137 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8138 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8139 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8140 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
8141 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8142 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8143 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
8144 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
8145 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8146 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8147 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8149 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8150 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8151 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
8152 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8153 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8154 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8155 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8156 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
8157 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8158 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8159 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8160 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8161 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8162 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
8164 None Leave the message as is. The
8165 message will be passed on even
8166 though it is in technically
8168 Add-To Add a To: header with any
8169 recipients that it can find from
8170 the envelope. This risks exposing
8172 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
8173 has almost no redeeming social value,
8174 and is provided only for back
8176 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
8177 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8178 which will have the effect of
8179 making the message legal without
8180 exposing Bcc: recipients.
8181 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
8182 There is a chance that mailers down
8183 the line will delete this header,
8184 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8186 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8187 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
8188 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8189 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8190 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8191 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8192 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
8193 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8194 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8195 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8196 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8197 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8198 For example, if you run with
8199 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8200 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
8201 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8202 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8203 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8204 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8205 entries. For example, given the aliases:
8208 and an alias file declared as:
8209 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8210 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8211 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8212 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8213 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8214 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8215 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
8217 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8218 to be simpler and more consistent.
8219 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
8220 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8221 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8222 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8223 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8224 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8225 This may affect some people who have written their own
8226 checkcompat() routine.
8227 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
8228 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8229 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8230 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8231 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8232 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8233 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8234 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8235 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8236 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8237 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8239 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8240 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8241 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8242 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8243 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
8244 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8245 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
8246 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8247 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8248 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
8249 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8250 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8251 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8252 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8253 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8254 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8255 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8256 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8258 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8259 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8260 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
8261 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
8262 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8263 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8264 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8265 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8266 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
8267 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8268 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
8269 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8270 is added between the first and second word of the first
8271 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8272 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8273 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8274 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8275 old sendmails understand.
8276 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8277 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
8278 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8279 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8280 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
8281 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8282 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8283 data -- for example,
8284 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8285 (romanized/less information)
8286 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8287 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8288 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8289 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8290 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8291 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8292 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8293 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8294 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8295 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8296 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
8297 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
8298 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8299 Eric Prestemon of American University.
8300 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8301 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8302 increment on the background value).
8303 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
8304 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
8305 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8306 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8307 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8308 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8309 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8310 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8311 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
8312 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8313 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8314 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8315 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
8316 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
8317 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8318 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8319 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
8320 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8321 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8322 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8323 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8324 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
8325 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8326 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8327 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8328 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8329 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8330 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8331 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8332 service type is "files".
8333 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
8334 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8336 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8337 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
8338 contributed by SunSoft.
8339 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8340 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
8341 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8342 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8343 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
8344 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8345 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
8346 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8347 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8348 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8349 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8350 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8351 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
8352 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8353 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8354 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8355 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8356 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8357 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8358 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
8359 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8360 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8361 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8362 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8363 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
8364 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8365 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8366 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8367 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8368 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8369 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
8370 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8371 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8372 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8374 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8375 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
8377 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8378 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8379 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8380 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
8382 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
8383 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8384 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8385 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8386 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8387 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8388 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8389 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8390 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
8391 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8392 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8393 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8394 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8396 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8397 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
8398 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8399 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8400 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8401 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8402 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8403 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8404 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
8405 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8406 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
8407 of Sun Microsystems.
8408 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
8409 is at least 50% faster.
8410 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8411 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8413 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8414 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8415 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8416 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
8417 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8418 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
8419 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8420 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
8421 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8422 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8423 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8424 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8425 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
8426 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8427 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8428 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8430 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8432 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8433 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8434 Global Information Solutions.
8435 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8436 From Motonori Nakamura.
8437 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
8439 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8440 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8441 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8442 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8443 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8444 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
8445 James of British Telecom.
8446 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
8447 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8448 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8449 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
8450 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8451 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8452 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
8453 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8454 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8455 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
8456 a bad guy can read your private files.
8458 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8459 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8460 University. This expands the disk size
8461 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8462 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8463 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8464 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8465 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8466 Linux Makefile typo.
8467 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8468 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8469 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8471 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
8472 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8473 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
8474 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8475 This requires adaptation of code that really
8476 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8477 addresses or nameserver fields.''
8478 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
8479 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8480 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8481 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8482 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8483 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8485 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8486 match all the other configuration files. Fix
8487 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8488 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
8489 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8490 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
8491 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8492 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8493 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8494 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
8496 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8497 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8498 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8499 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
8500 of Ohio State University.
8501 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8502 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8504 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
8505 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
8507 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8508 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8510 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8511 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8513 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8514 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8515 Rochester Medical Center.
8516 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8517 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8518 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8519 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8520 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8521 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8522 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8524 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8525 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8526 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8528 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8529 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8530 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8531 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8532 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8533 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8534 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8535 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8536 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8537 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8539 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8540 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8541 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8542 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8543 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8544 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8545 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8546 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8547 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8548 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8549 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8550 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8551 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8552 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8554 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8555 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8556 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
8557 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8558 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8559 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
8560 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8561 on the file, but it should be quite small.
8562 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
8563 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8564 giving the local administrator more control over what
8565 programs can be run from sendmail.
8566 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
8567 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8568 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8570 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8571 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8572 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8573 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8574 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8575 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
8576 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8577 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8578 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8579 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8580 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8581 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
8582 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8583 arbitrary directory -- use either:
8584 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8586 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8587 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8589 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8590 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8591 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8593 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8594 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8595 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8596 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8597 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8598 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8600 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8601 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8602 just unqualified ones.
8603 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8604 was never used and didn't work anyway.
8605 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8606 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8607 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8608 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8609 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
8610 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8612 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8613 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8614 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8615 this is expected to be another sendmail.
8616 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8617 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8618 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8619 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
8620 Rosenthal of Unicom.
8621 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8622 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
8623 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8624 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8625 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
8626 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8627 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8628 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8630 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8631 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8633 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8634 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8635 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
8636 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8637 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8638 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8639 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
8640 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8641 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8642 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8643 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8644 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8645 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
8646 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8647 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8648 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
8649 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8650 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8651 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8652 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8653 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8654 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8655 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8656 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8657 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
8658 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8659 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
8660 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8661 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8662 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8663 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8664 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
8665 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8667 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8668 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8669 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8670 Information Systems Agency.
8671 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8672 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8673 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8674 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8675 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8676 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8677 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
8678 that really can be used in the real world.
8679 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8680 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8681 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8682 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8683 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8684 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8685 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8686 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
8688 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
8689 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8690 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8691 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8693 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8694 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8695 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8696 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
8697 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8698 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8699 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8700 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8701 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8702 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
8703 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8704 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8705 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8706 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8707 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8708 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8709 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
8710 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8711 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8712 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
8713 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8714 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8715 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
8717 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8718 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8719 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8720 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8721 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8724 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8726 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8727 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8728 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8729 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8730 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8731 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8732 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8734 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8735 cf/domain/generic.m4
8736 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8737 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8738 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8740 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8741 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8745 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8746 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8747 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8748 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8753 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8756 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8757 mail.local/mail.local.0
8763 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8764 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8765 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8766 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8767 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8768 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8769 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8770 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8771 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8772 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8773 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8774 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8775 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8776 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8777 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8778 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8779 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8780 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8781 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8789 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8790 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8791 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8792 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8793 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8794 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8795 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8796 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8797 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8798 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8799 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8800 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8801 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8802 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8803 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8804 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8805 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8806 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8807 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8808 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8809 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8814 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8816 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8817 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8818 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8819 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8820 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8821 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8822 contrib/rcpt-streaming
8823 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8825 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
8826 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8827 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8828 any user (except root).
8829 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8830 version number is unchanged.
8832 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
8833 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8834 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
8835 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8836 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8837 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8839 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8840 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8843 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
8844 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8845 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8846 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8847 message when attempted from IDENT.
8848 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8849 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
8850 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
8851 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8852 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8853 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8855 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8856 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
8858 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8859 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
8860 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8861 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8862 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8863 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
8864 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8866 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8867 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
8869 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
8871 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8872 and Liudvikas Bukys.
8873 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8874 from Spider Boardman.
8875 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8878 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
8879 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8880 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8881 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8882 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8883 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8884 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
8886 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8887 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8888 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8889 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8890 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8891 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
8892 University of Texas.
8893 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8894 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8895 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8896 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8897 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8898 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8900 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8901 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
8902 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8903 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8904 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8905 with a lot of arguments).
8906 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8907 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8908 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8910 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8911 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8912 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8913 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8915 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8916 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8917 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
8918 some of the map code.
8919 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8922 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
8923 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8924 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8925 may have some security implications.
8926 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8927 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
8928 Hill of the University of Iowa.
8929 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
8930 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8931 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8932 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
8933 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8934 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8935 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8937 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8938 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8939 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
8940 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8941 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
8942 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8944 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8945 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
8946 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8947 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8948 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
8949 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8950 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8951 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
8952 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8953 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8954 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8955 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8956 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
8957 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
8958 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8959 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
8960 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8962 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8963 message to explain how much space was available and
8964 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
8965 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8966 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8967 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8968 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8969 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8970 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8971 moves things more towards what will probably become a
8972 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8974 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8975 without recompiling.
8976 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8977 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
8979 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8980 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8981 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
8982 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8983 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8984 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8985 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
8986 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8987 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8988 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8989 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8990 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
8992 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8993 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8994 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8995 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8996 refused" response, and that the connection can be
8997 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
8998 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8999 size around and can never start listening to connections
9000 again. The down side is that someone could start up
9001 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9002 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9003 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9004 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
9005 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9006 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9008 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9009 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
9010 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9011 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9012 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9013 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9014 doc directory. This includes some additional
9016 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9017 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
9018 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9019 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
9020 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9021 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9022 loop the mail, which was bad news.
9024 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9025 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9026 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9027 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9028 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9029 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9030 Newcastle upon Tyne.
9031 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9033 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9034 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9035 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9036 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9039 src/Makefile.NCR3000
9040 doc/changes/Makefile
9041 doc/changes/changes.me
9042 doc/changes/changes.ps
9044 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
9045 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9046 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
9047 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9049 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
9050 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9051 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
9052 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9055 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
9056 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9057 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9058 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9059 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9061 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9062 in the connection cache for a long time under some
9063 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
9064 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
9065 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
9066 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9067 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9068 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9069 from a local user to another local user. From
9070 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9071 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9072 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
9073 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9074 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9075 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9076 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9077 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9078 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9079 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9080 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9081 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9082 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9083 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9084 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
9085 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9086 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9087 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9089 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9091 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9092 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9093 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9094 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
9095 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9096 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9097 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9098 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9100 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9101 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
9102 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9103 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
9105 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9106 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9107 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
9108 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
9109 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9110 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9111 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9112 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9113 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
9114 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9115 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9116 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
9117 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9118 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9119 security implications. Suggested by several people.
9120 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9121 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
9122 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9123 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
9125 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9126 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9127 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9128 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9129 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9130 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
9131 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9132 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9133 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9134 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
9135 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9136 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
9137 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9138 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9139 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9140 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9141 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9142 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9143 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9144 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
9145 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9146 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9147 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9148 didn't see the class items being added.
9149 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9150 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9151 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
9153 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9154 but sets h_errno to a success value.
9155 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9156 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9157 address specified in the P option). This fix should
9158 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9159 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9161 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9162 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9163 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9164 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9165 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9166 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9167 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
9169 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9170 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
9171 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
9173 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9174 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
9175 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9176 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9177 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
9179 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9180 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9181 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9182 University of Washington.
9183 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9184 don't have an ``=value'' part.
9185 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9186 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
9187 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9188 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9189 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9190 of Cambridge University.
9191 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9192 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9193 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9194 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9195 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9196 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9197 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9198 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
9199 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9200 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9201 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9202 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
9203 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9204 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9206 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9207 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9208 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9209 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9210 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9211 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
9212 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9213 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
9214 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9215 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9216 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
9217 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9218 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9219 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9220 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9221 size for various mailers.
9222 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9223 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9224 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9225 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9226 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9227 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9228 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9229 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9230 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
9232 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9233 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
9234 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9235 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9236 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
9237 Michel of Thomson CSF.
9238 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9239 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9240 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9241 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9242 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9243 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9244 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9245 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
9246 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9247 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9248 University of Sydney.
9249 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9250 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9251 This is because of the known bug where definition of
9252 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9253 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9254 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9255 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9256 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
9257 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
9259 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9260 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9261 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9262 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9263 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
9266 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9267 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9268 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9269 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9270 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9271 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9272 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9273 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9274 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9276 src/Makefile.DomainOS
9278 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9279 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9280 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9282 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9287 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
9288 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9289 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
9290 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9291 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9292 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
9293 permissions they should not have had (usually group
9294 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
9295 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9296 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9297 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9298 Although this does not respond to a specific known
9299 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
9300 Christian Wettergren.
9301 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9302 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9303 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9304 program by putting that in their .forward file.
9305 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9306 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9307 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
9308 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
9309 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9310 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9311 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9312 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9313 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9314 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9315 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9316 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
9317 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9318 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9319 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9320 connection to create problems on the current job.
9321 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9323 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9324 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9325 problem that ignored the load average in locally
9326 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
9327 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
9328 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9329 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9330 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9331 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9332 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9333 when sending error messages. This resulted in
9334 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
9335 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
9336 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9337 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9338 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
9339 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9340 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9341 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9342 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
9343 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9344 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9345 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9346 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9347 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
9349 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9350 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9351 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9352 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9353 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9354 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
9355 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9356 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9357 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
9358 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9359 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9360 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9361 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9362 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
9363 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9364 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9365 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9366 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9367 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9368 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9369 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9370 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9372 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9373 of from a clean exit.
9374 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9375 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9376 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9377 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9378 as the subject of an error message, even though the
9379 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9380 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9381 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
9383 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9384 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
9385 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
9386 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9387 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9388 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9389 says that they should be ignored.
9390 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9391 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9392 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
9393 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9395 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9396 documented in the Bat Book.
9397 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9398 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9399 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9400 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9401 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9402 code during some parts of connection initialization.
9403 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9404 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9405 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
9406 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9407 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9408 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9409 of Kyoto University.
9410 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9411 From P{r Emanuelsson.
9412 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9413 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9414 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
9416 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9417 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9418 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9419 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
9421 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9422 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9423 illegal addresses appearing there).
9424 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9426 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9428 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
9429 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9430 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9431 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9432 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
9433 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9434 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9435 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9436 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9437 by the other end closing the connection. From
9438 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9439 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9440 to include a host name or other useful information.
9441 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
9443 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9444 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9445 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9446 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
9447 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9448 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9449 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9450 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9451 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9453 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9454 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9455 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9456 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9457 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9458 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9459 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
9460 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9461 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9462 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9463 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9464 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9465 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
9466 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9467 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9468 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9469 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9470 of the Institute for Global Communications.
9471 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9472 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
9473 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9474 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9475 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9476 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9477 Portability fixes for:
9478 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9479 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9480 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9481 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9482 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9483 of Stoner Associates.
9484 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9485 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9486 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9488 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9489 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9490 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9491 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9492 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9494 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9496 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9497 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9498 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
9499 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9500 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9501 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9502 since this is intended only for internal use, the
9503 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
9504 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9505 addresses when relaying internally.
9506 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9507 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
9508 provided by Peter Wemm.
9509 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9510 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
9511 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9512 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9513 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9514 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9515 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9516 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9518 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9519 rather than letting them get "local configuration
9520 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9521 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9522 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9523 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
9524 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9525 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9526 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9527 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9528 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9529 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9530 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9531 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9532 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
9534 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
9535 Jim Murray of Stratus.
9536 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9537 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
9538 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9539 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9540 the local name prepended.
9541 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9542 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9543 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9544 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
9545 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9546 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
9547 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9548 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9549 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9550 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9551 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9552 :include: files and accounts that have shells
9553 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
9554 cause some .forward files that have worked
9555 before to start failing.
9556 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9560 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9561 src/Makefile.Mach386
9568 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9570 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9572 makemap/Makefile.dist
9573 praliases/Makefile.dist
9575 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
9576 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9577 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9578 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9579 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
9580 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9582 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9583 in a few critical places.
9584 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9585 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
9586 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
9587 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9588 and High-Energy Physics.
9589 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9590 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
9592 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9593 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9594 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
9596 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9597 really become relevant in the next release, but some
9598 people need it for local patches. From Michael
9599 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9600 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9601 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9602 these can have different values depending on which
9603 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
9604 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9605 what uid/gid processes ran as.
9606 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9607 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9608 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9610 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9611 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9612 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9613 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9614 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
9616 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9617 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9618 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
9619 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9620 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
9621 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
9623 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
9624 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9625 addresses that get return-receipts.
9626 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9627 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9628 and end up sending the message several times.
9629 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9630 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9632 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9633 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
9634 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9635 Cornell University Medical College.
9636 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9637 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9638 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9639 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
9641 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9642 connections fail during message collection. From
9644 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9645 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9646 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9648 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9649 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
9650 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9651 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9652 by non-root users were not put into
9653 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9654 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
9655 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9656 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9657 could get confused as to whether a database was
9659 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9660 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9661 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
9662 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9663 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9664 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9665 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9666 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9667 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9669 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
9670 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9671 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9672 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9673 propagated to the queue file.
9676 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9677 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9678 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9679 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9680 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9681 header files but don't have the syscall.
9682 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9684 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9685 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9686 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9687 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9688 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9689 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9690 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9691 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9692 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9693 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9694 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9695 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9696 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9697 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
9699 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9700 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
9702 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9703 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9704 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9705 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9706 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
9707 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9708 files that you should be able to read but have previously
9709 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9711 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9712 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9713 MX suppression will still work.
9714 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9715 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
9716 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9717 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9718 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9719 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
9721 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9723 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9724 trying to send the original message if the connection
9725 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9726 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
9727 by John Myers of CMU.
9728 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9730 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9731 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9732 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9733 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
9734 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9735 queue interval. This is an important fix.
9736 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9737 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9738 ruleset testing a bit easier.
9739 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9740 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9742 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9743 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
9744 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
9745 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9747 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9748 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9749 Harvey Mudd College.
9750 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9751 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
9752 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9753 their full name information.
9754 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9755 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9756 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
9757 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9758 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9759 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9760 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9761 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9762 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9763 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9764 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
9765 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9766 PC TCP/IP implementations.
9767 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9768 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
9769 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
9770 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9772 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9773 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9775 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9776 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
9777 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
9778 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9779 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9780 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9781 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9782 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9783 that claims to be itself works properly.
9784 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9785 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9786 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9787 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9788 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9789 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
9790 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9791 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9792 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9793 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9794 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9796 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9797 true address to still send to the original address
9798 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9799 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9800 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9801 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
9802 more trouble than it was worth.
9803 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9804 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
9805 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9806 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
9807 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9808 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9809 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9811 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9812 messages don't come out with stale information.
9813 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9814 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9815 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9816 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
9818 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9819 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
9821 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9822 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
9824 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9825 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9826 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9827 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9828 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9829 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9830 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9831 that does bulk data transfer).
9832 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
9834 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
9835 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9836 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9837 bogus config files that were not caught.
9838 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9839 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9840 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9841 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9842 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9843 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9844 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9845 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9846 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9847 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9848 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9849 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9850 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9851 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9852 opened or if running with no database format defined.
9853 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9854 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9855 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9856 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
9857 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9859 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9860 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9861 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
9862 to match regular entries.
9863 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9864 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9865 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9866 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9867 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9868 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9869 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9870 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9871 error message so that the "subject" line of return
9872 messages is the best possible.
9873 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9874 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9875 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9876 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9877 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9878 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9879 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9880 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9881 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9882 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9883 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
9884 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9886 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9887 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9888 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9889 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9890 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9891 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9892 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9893 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9894 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9895 addresses in any detail.
9896 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9897 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9898 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9899 with an address such as "!foo".
9900 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9901 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
9902 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9903 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
9907 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9908 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9909 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9910 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9911 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9912 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
9913 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9914 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9915 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
9917 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9918 are no DNS records matching the name.
9919 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9920 original message was received ... from localhost".
9921 The correct original host information is now included.
9922 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9923 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
9924 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
9925 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9926 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9927 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9928 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9929 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9930 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
9931 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9932 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
9933 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9934 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9937 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
9938 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9939 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9940 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9941 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
9942 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9943 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9944 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9945 are really configuration errors. This option is
9946 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9948 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9949 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
9950 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9951 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9952 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
9954 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9955 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9956 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
9957 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9958 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
9959 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9960 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9961 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9962 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
9963 of dickering with error handling (see below).
9964 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
9965 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9967 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9968 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
9969 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9971 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9972 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
9973 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9974 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
9975 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9976 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
9977 connection rather than sending QUIT.
9978 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9979 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9980 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
9981 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9982 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9983 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9984 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9985 core dumps on some machines.
9986 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9987 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9988 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9989 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9990 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9991 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
9992 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9993 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9994 some true error conditions.
9995 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9996 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
9997 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9998 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9999 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10000 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
10001 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
10002 by Motonori Nakamura.
10003 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10004 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
10005 caused error messages to be handled differently during
10006 a queue run than a direct run.
10007 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10008 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10009 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10010 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10011 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10012 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10013 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10015 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10016 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
10017 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10018 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10019 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10020 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
10021 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10022 is appropriately functional.
10023 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10024 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10025 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
10026 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10027 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10028 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10029 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10030 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10032 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10033 process group id. The original fix was to get around
10034 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10035 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10036 different from the process id. I could try to fix
10037 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10038 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10040 Portability changes:
10041 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10042 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10043 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
10044 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10046 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
10047 help other strict ANSI compilers.
10048 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10050 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10051 documentation apparently doesn't define
10052 __STDC__ by default).
10053 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10054 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10056 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10057 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10058 several people have made a good argument that this
10059 creates more problems than it solves (although this
10060 may prove painful in the short run).
10061 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10063 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10064 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10065 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10066 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10067 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10068 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10069 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10070 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10071 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10072 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10073 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10074 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10075 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10076 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10077 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10078 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10079 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10080 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
10081 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10082 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
10083 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10084 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10085 environments. Ugly as sin.
10088 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10089 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10090 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
10091 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10092 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10093 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10094 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
10095 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10096 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10097 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10098 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
10100 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10102 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10103 compatibility library. This also adds a new
10104 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10105 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10106 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10107 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
10108 for quick test cases.
10109 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10110 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10111 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10112 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10113 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10114 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10115 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
10116 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10117 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
10118 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10119 From Michael Corrigan.
10120 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10121 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
10122 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10123 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10124 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10125 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10126 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10127 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
10128 Christophe Wolfhugel.
10129 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10132 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10133 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10134 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
10135 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10136 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
10137 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10138 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10139 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
10141 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10142 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10143 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
10144 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10145 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10146 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10147 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10148 match the other flags in that file.
10149 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
10150 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10151 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10152 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10153 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10154 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
10155 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10156 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
10157 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10158 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10159 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
10160 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10161 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10162 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10163 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10164 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
10165 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10166 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
10167 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10168 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10169 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10170 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10171 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10172 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10173 the root and directories leading up to your home);
10174 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10176 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10177 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10178 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10179 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10180 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10181 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10182 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10183 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
10184 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10185 is separate; this is just intended to work around
10186 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10187 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
10188 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10189 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10190 matching without a null it never tries again with a
10191 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
10192 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10193 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
10194 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
10195 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10196 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10198 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10199 will insert the appropriate full name information;
10200 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10202 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10203 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10204 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10205 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10206 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10207 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10208 only happen when there has been another error in the
10209 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
10210 by default in conf.h.
10211 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10212 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
10213 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10214 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10215 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10216 This output is not intended to be particularly human
10217 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10218 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10219 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
10220 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10221 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10222 See cf/README for an example.
10223 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10224 sites that don't use the -d flag.
10225 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10226 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10227 has been requested by several people, but can break
10228 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10229 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10230 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10231 broken. Use it sparingly.
10232 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
10233 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
10234 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10235 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
10236 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10237 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
10238 Bill Wisner of The Well.
10239 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10240 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
10241 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10243 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
10244 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10245 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10246 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10247 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10248 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10249 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10251 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
10252 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10253 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
10254 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10256 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
10257 Another mailertable fix....
10260 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.